home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search
/ ftp.wwiv.com / ftp.wwiv.com.zip / ftp.wwiv.com / pub / INTERNET / EARNTOOL.ZIP / INTOOLS.TXT < prev   
Text File  |  1993-11-08  |  678KB  |  5,258 lines

  1.                                                                                                                                 
  2.                                                                                                                                 
  3.                                                                                                                                 
  4.                                                                                                                                 
  5.                                                                                                                                 
  6.                         Guide to Network Resource Tools                                                                         
  7.                                                                                                                                 
  8.                                                                                                                                 
  9.                                                                                                                                 
  10.                                                                                                                                 
  11.                                EARN Association                                                                                 
  12.                                                                                                                                 
  13.                                                                                                                                 
  14.                                                                                                                                 
  15.                                                                                                                                 
  16.                               September 15, 1993                                                                                
  17.                                                                                                                                 
  18.                              Document Number:  2.0                                                                              
  19.                                                                                                                                 
  20.                         Guide to Network Resource Tools                                                                         
  21.                                                                                                                                 
  22.                                                                                                                                 
  23.                                                                                                                                 
  24.                                                                                                                                 
  25.        Notice                                                                                                                   
  26.                                                                                                                                 
  27.        This  document  has  been  compiled  and  produced  by the   EARN                                                        
  28.        Association.   Permission to  copy  all or part  of this document                                                        
  29.        without fee  is granted  provided the  copies  are  not used  for                                                        
  30.        commercial advantage  and  that the EARN Association  is cited as                                                        
  31.        the source of the document.                                                                                              
  32.                                                                                                                                 
  33.        This   document  is   available   in   electronic  format   from:                                                        
  34.        LISTSERV@EARNCC.BITNET                                                                                                   
  35.                                                                                                                                 
  36.        Send the command: GET filename where the filename is either:                                                             
  37.                                                                                                                                 
  38.         NETTOOLS PS             (Postscript)                                                                                    
  39.         NETTOOLS MEMO           (plain text)                                                                                    
  40.                                                                                                                                 
  41.        Document version: 2.0                                                                                                    
  42.                                                                                                                                 
  43.        ISBN  2-910286-03-7                                                                                                      
  44.                                                                                                                                 
  45.        (ISBN  2-910286-01-0  Version 1.0)                                                                                       
  46.                                                                                                                                 
  47.        (c) EARN Association, 1993                                                                                               
  48.                                                                                                                                 
  49.                                                                                                                                 
  50.                                                                                                                                 
  51.                                                                                                                                 
  52.                          Preface to the Second Edition                                                                          
  53.                                                                                                                                 
  54.                                                                                                                                 
  55.                                                                                                                                 
  56.        When the first version of the Guide to Network Resource Tools was                                                        
  57.        released,  we had  no idea how popular it would  become,  and how                                                        
  58.        quickly it would spread beyond the EARN community. While much had                                                        
  59.        already been written on these tools,  a booklet with brief expla-                                                        
  60.        nations and instructions struck a responsive chord.                                                                      
  61.                                                                                                                                 
  62.        In this second edition,  we have tried to expand the scope,  both                                                        
  63.        in terms of  the number of networking tools covered  and the size                                                        
  64.        of the audience at which it is aimed.  While the Internet contin-                                                        
  65.        ues to grow at an explosive rate, there is still a large communi-                                                        
  66.        ty of users,  within EARN and  beyond,  with only electronic mail                                                        
  67.        connectivity to the world-wide network. We have tried to show how                                                        
  68.        they too can utilize these networking tools.                                                                             
  69.                                                                                                                                 
  70.        The work of many people is reflected here,  but we owe our great-                                                        
  71.        est debt of  thanks to the developers and authors  of the network                                                        
  72.        tools and documentation.  Their work serves as the basis for this                                                        
  73.        guide.                                                                                                                   
  74.                                                                                                                                 
  75.        We also wish to thank all those who have provided comments, crit-                                                        
  76.        icisms and suggestions for the guide. Many of the improvements in                                                        
  77.        the second edition  are the result of their  feedback and encour-                                                        
  78.        agement.  In particular,  we have benefitted from the cooperation                                                        
  79.        of the RARE  Working Group on Information Services  and User Sup-                                                        
  80.        port.  We look forward to close collaboration with them on future                                                        
  81.        editions of this guide as well as on other projects.                                                                     
  82.                                                                                                                                 
  83.        The Guide  to Network  Resource Tools  has been  produced by  the                                                        
  84.        staff of the  EARN Association,  under the direction  of the EARN                                                        
  85.        Group on Information Services. Any errors or inaccuracies in this                                                        
  86.        guide are the sole responsibility of  the EARN staff.  We welcome                                                        
  87.        and encourage your feedback.   Please send comments,  criticisms,                                                        
  88.        corrections,  suggestions for future editions  and even praise to                                                        
  89.        the electronic mail address:                                                                                             
  90.                                                                                                                                 
  91.        EARNDOC@EARNCC.BITNET                                                                                                    
  92.                                                                                                                                 
  93.        If you have any questions or queries on the use of these tools or                                                        
  94.        on other  aspects of networking,  and  you are in an  EARN member                                                        
  95.        country, you can get help and advice by sending your questions by                                                        
  96.        electronic   mail   to   the    EARN   consulting   service   at:                                                        
  97.        NETHELP@EARNCC.BITNET                                                                                                    
  98.                                                                                                                                 
  99.                                                                                                                                 
  100.                                                                                                                                 
  101.        The EARN Staff                                                                                                           
  102.                                                                                                                                 
  103.                                                                                                                                 
  104.                                                                                                                                 
  105.                                                                                                                                 
  106.                                  Introduction                                                                                   
  107.                                                                                                                                 
  108.                                                                                                                                 
  109.                                                                                                                                 
  110.        As the worldwide academic computer  network grows and expands far                                                        
  111.        beyond  its previous  confines,  so  the  resources and  services                                                        
  112.        available on the network evolve and  multiply at a dizzying rate.                                                        
  113.        The typical  user is hardpressed to  keep up with  this explosive                                                        
  114.        growth.  Fortunately,  a number of tools are available to facili-                                                        
  115.        tate the task  of locating and retrieving  network resources,  so                                                        
  116.        that users anywhere can utilize texts, data,  software and infor-                                                        
  117.        mation for  public access.  Facilities  to explore  public domain                                                        
  118.        software repositories, to consult mailing list archives and data-                                                        
  119.        bases,  to retrieve  directory information and to  participate in                                                        
  120.        global group discussions are now available to all.                                                                       
  121.                                                                                                                                 
  122.        The key to exploiting these resources is a server,  special soft-                                                        
  123.        ware  on  a  computer  somewhere in  the  network  which  accepts                                                        
  124.        requests (or queries or commands)  and sends a response automati-                                                        
  125.        cally. The requestor does not have to be working on the same com-                                                        
  126.        puter (or even in the same part of the world) in order to use the                                                        
  127.        server. Many servers accept requests via electronic mail, so that                                                        
  128.        often the requestor  needs not even be on the  same computer net-                                                        
  129.        work as the server.  In many cases, servers are interconnected so                                                        
  130.        that once you have established contact  with one server,  you can                                                        
  131.        easily communicate with other servers as well.                                                                           
  132.                                                                                                                                 
  133.        Today,  many users have powerful  computers on the desktop,  with                                                        
  134.        advanced graphical,   audio and storage capabilities,   which are                                                        
  135.        connected to  the network.  This fact  has given rise to  what is                                                        
  136.        known as the client-server model. Users can have special software                                                        
  137.        on their  local computer  called a client  which can  utilize the                                                        
  138.        capabilities of  that computer  and can  also communicate  with a                                                        
  139.        server on  the network.   These clients  provide an  easy-to-use,                                                        
  140.        intuitive user interface, allow use of pointing devices such as a                                                        
  141.        mouse,  and exploit  other local features.  The  client sends the                                                        
  142.        user's requests to a server using a standardized format (called a                                                        
  143.        protocol) and the server sends its response in a condensed format                                                        
  144.        which the client displays to the user in a more readable way.                                                            
  145.                                                                                                                                 
  146.        The tools  described in  this guide  have been  divided into  six                                                        
  147.        functional areas.  Actually,   several of the tools  have several                                                        
  148.        different functions,  and have been classified according to their                                                        
  149.        main purpose.  The first section,  Exploring the network,  covers                                                        
  150.        two services,  Gopher and World-Wide  Web,  which use the client-                                                        
  151.        server model to provide a means of moving through a wide range of                                                        
  152.        network sources and resources in a  uniform and intuitive way.  A                                                        
  153.        tool for searching in a wide range of different databases located                                                        
  154.        throughout  the network,   WAIS,  is  documented  in the  section                                                        
  155.        Searching databases.  The problem of  knowing where to find files                                                        
  156.        and programs  in the network is  addressed in the  third section,                                                        
  157.        Finding network resources,  which deals with archie.  Three tools                                                        
  158.        for finding people, computers and their network addresses, WHOIS,                                                        
  159.        X.500 and Netfind, are discussed in section four,  Finding people                                                        
  160.        and computers. While just about all of these network tools can be                                                        
  161.        used to get files of one sort or another, there are a few servers                                                        
  162.        available for getting  files easily and efficiently  from various                                                        
  163.        repositories in the network.  Two  of these servers,  TRICKLE and                                                        
  164.        BITFTP,  are covered in section five on Getting files.  The sixth                                                        
  165.        section deals  with what is perhaps  the most popular of  all the                                                        
  166.        network resources,  discussion groups  on every imaginable topic.                                                        
  167.        The two tools discussed in this  section are LISTSERV and Netnews                                                        
  168.        (Usenet). The final section gives brief descriptions and pointers                                                        
  169.        for a number of  tools which were not mainstream enough  to get a                                                        
  170.        full  description.  Some  are still  in  the developmental  stage                                                        
  171.        (Prospero), some are relatively unknown outside a particular net-                                                        
  172.        work (ASTRA and Netserv from EARN/Bitnet and Mailbase from JANET)                                                        
  173.        and some are meant for chatting rather than work (Relay and IRC).                                                        
  174.                                                                                                                                 
  175.        The purpose of this guide is to supply the basic information that                                                        
  176.        anyone on  the network  needs to  try out  and begin  using these                                                        
  177.        tools.   A basic  knowledge of  networking  terminology has  been                                                        
  178.        assumed,  as well as familiarity with the basic tools of network-                                                        
  179.        ing:  electronic mail (often referred to as e-mail or simply mail                                                        
  180.        throughout this guide) and,  for those connected to the Internet,                                                        
  181.        FTP (file transfer  protocol)  and Telnet (remote  login).  It is                                                        
  182.        beyond the scope of this guide to describe these basic tools. The                                                        
  183.        example in the BITFTP section of this guide shows how one can use                                                        
  184.        BITFTP to get guides to these tools over the network.                                                                    
  185.                                                                                                                                 
  186.                                                                                                                                 
  187.                                                                                                                                 
  188.                                                                                                                                 
  189.                                     Part 1                                                                                      
  190.                                                                                                                                 
  191.                              EXPLORING THE NETWORK                                                                              
  192.                                                                                                                                 
  193.                                                                                                                                 
  194.                                                                                                                                 
  195.                                     GOPHER                                                                                      
  196.                                                                                                                                 
  197.                                                                                                                                 
  198.                                                                                                                                 
  199.        What is Gopher                                                                                                           
  200.                                                                                                                                 
  201.        The Internet Gopher, or simply Gopher,  is a distributed document                                                        
  202.        delivery service. It allows users to explore, search and retrieve                                                        
  203.        information residing on  different locations in a  seamless fash-                                                        
  204.        ion.                                                                                                                     
  205.                                                                                                                                 
  206.        When browsing it, the information appears to the user as a series                                                        
  207.        of nested menus. This kind of menu structure resembles the organ-                                                        
  208.        ization of a  directory with many subdirectories  and files.  The                                                        
  209.        subdirectories and the  files may be located either  on the local                                                        
  210.        server site  or on remote sites  served by other  Gopher servers.                                                        
  211.        From the user point of view,   all information items presented on                                                        
  212.        the menus appear to come from the same place.                                                                            
  213.                                                                                                                                 
  214.        The information can be a text or binary file,  directory informa-                                                        
  215.        tion (loosely called phone book),   image or sound.  In addition,                                                        
  216.        Gopher offers  gateways to other information  systems (World-Wide                                                        
  217.        Web, WAIS,  archie,  WHOIS)  and network services (Telnet,  FTP).                                                        
  218.        Gopher is often a more convenient way to navigate in a FTP direc-                                                        
  219.        tory and to download files.                                                                                              
  220.                                                                                                                                 
  221.        A  Gopher server  holds the  information and  handles the  users'                                                        
  222.        queries. In addition, links to other Gopher servers create a net-                                                        
  223.        work  wide cooperation  to form  the global  Gopher web  (Gopher-                                                        
  224.        space).                                                                                                                  
  225.                                                                                                                                 
  226.                                                                                                                                 
  227.        Who can use Gopher                                                                                                       
  228.                                                                                                                                 
  229.        Gopher  uses the  client-server model  to provide  access to  the                                                        
  230.        Gopher web.  You must be on the international TCP/IP network (the                                                        
  231.        Internet)  in  order to use a  client on your computer  to access                                                        
  232.        Gopher.                                                                                                                  
  233.                                                                                                                                 
  234.                                                                                                                                 
  235.        How to get to Gopher                                                                                                     
  236.                                                                                                                                 
  237.        Users explore  the Gopher  menus using  various local  clients or                                                        
  238.        accessing a remote client via an interactive Telnet session.                                                             
  239.                                                                                                                                 
  240.        Local clients                                                                                                            
  241.                                                                                                                                 
  242.        Public domain clients for accessing a Gopher server are available                                                        
  243.        for:   Macintosh,   MS-DOS,  OS/2,   VM/CMS,  VMS,   NeXT,  Unix,                                                        
  244.        X-Windows.   The  clients are  available  for anonymous  FTP from                                                        
  245.        many   FTP sites  (eg,   boombox.micro.umn.edu  in the  directory                                                        
  246.        /pub/gopher).   See the list of  freely available client software                                                        
  247.        in Appendix A.                                                                                                           
  248.                                                                                                                                 
  249.        Remote clients                                                                                                           
  250.                                                                                                                                 
  251.        Some sites  allow public access  to a  client.  To access  such a                                                        
  252.        remote client, telnet to one of these sites:                                                                             
  253.                                                                                                                                 
  254.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  255.        |                                                               |                                                        
  256.        |  info.anu.edu.au                 Australia (login: info)      |                                                        
  257.        |  tolten.puc.cl                   Columbia                     |                                                        
  258.        |  ecnet.ec                        Ecuador                      |                                                        
  259.        |  gopher.chalmers.se              Sweden                       |                                                        
  260.        |  consultant.micro.umn.edu        USA                          |                                                        
  261.        |  gopher.uiuc.edu                 USA                          |                                                        
  262.        |  panda.uiowa.edu                 USA (login: panda)           |                                                        
  263.        |                                                               |                                                        
  264.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  265.                                                                                                                                 
  266.        At the login: prompt type gopher (unless specified otherwise) and                                                        
  267.        the top-level Gopher menu for that site will be displayed.                                                               
  268.                                                                                                                                 
  269.        Users are requested to use the site closest to them.                                                                     
  270.                                                                                                                                 
  271.                                                                                                                                 
  272.        Using Gopher                                                                                                             
  273.                                                                                                                                 
  274.        The implementations  of the Gopher  clients on  various platforms                                                        
  275.        are slightly different to take  advantage of the platforms' capa-                                                        
  276.        bilities (mouse,   graphic functions,  X-Windows server)   and to                                                        
  277.        offer the popular look and feel.  Even with different implementa-                                                        
  278.        tions, the same set of functions and commands is available.                                                              
  279.                                                                                                                                 
  280.        When issuing the gopher command,  you will be connected automati-                                                        
  281.        cally to the default Gopher server specified at the installation.                                                        
  282.        The format of the command is:                                                                                            
  283.                                                                                                                                 
  284.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  285.        |                                                               |                                                        
  286.        |  gopher    <hostname>                                         |                                                        
  287.        |                                                               |                                                        
  288.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  289.                                                                                                                                 
  290.        where hostname is an optional  alternative Gopher server you want                                                        
  291.        to talk to.                                                                                                              
  292.                                                                                                                                 
  293.        When connected to a Gopher server, it is still possible to access                                                        
  294.        another server by exploring the Other  Gopher servers in the rest                                                        
  295.        of the world branch.  To locate them more easily, the Gopher ser-                                                        
  296.        vers are distributed in geographical regions:                                                                            
  297.                                                                                                                                 
  298.        *   Africa                                                                                                               
  299.        *   Europe                                                                                                               
  300.        *   Middle East                                                                                                          
  301.        *   North America                                                                                                        
  302.        *   Pacific                                                                                                              
  303.        *   South America                                                                                                        
  304.                                                                                                                                 
  305.        and then by countries.                                                                                                   
  306.                                                                                                                                 
  307.        Access to a Gopher server is identical whether using a local or a                                                        
  308.        remote  client:  a  simple  menu-driven  interface which  doesn't                                                        
  309.        require any special training or knowledge from the user.                                                                 
  310.                                                                                                                                 
  311.        Here is a sample menu:                                                                                                   
  312.                                                                                                                                 
  313.                                                                                                                                 
  314.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  315.                                                                                                                                 
  316.                         Internet Gopher Information Client v1.1                                                                 
  317.                                                                                                                                 
  318.                              Information About Gopher                                                                           
  319.                                                                                                                                 
  320.            1.  About Gopher.                                                                                                    
  321.            2.  Search Gopher News <?>                                                                                           
  322.            3.  Gopher News Archive/                                                                                             
  323.            4.  comp.infosystems.gopher (Usenet newsgroup)/                                                                      
  324.            5.  Gopher Software Distribution/                                                                                    
  325.            6.  Gopher Protocol Information/                                                                                     
  326.            7.  University of Minnesota Gopher software licensing policy.                                                        
  327.            8.  Frequently Asked Questions about Gopher.                                                                         
  328.            9.  gopher93/                                                                                                        
  329.            10. Gopher| example server/                                                                                          
  330.            11. How to get your information into Gopher.                                                                         
  331.        --> 12. New Stuff in Gopher.                                                                                             
  332.            13. Reporting Problems or Feedback.                                                                                  
  333.            14. big Ann Arbor gopher conference picture.gif <Picture>                                                            
  334.                                                                                                                                 
  335.                                                                                                                                 
  336.        Press ? for Help, q to Quit, u to go up a menu          Page: 1/1                                                        
  337.                                                                                                                                 
  338.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  339.                                                                                                                                 
  340.                                                                                                                                 
  341.        In the example above, any item can be selected by typing its line                                                        
  342.        number or by moving the cursor (-->) next to it.                                                                         
  343.                                                                                                                                 
  344.        An item could be:                                                                                                        
  345.                                                                                                                                 
  346.        *   a subdirectory                                                                                                       
  347.        *   a text file                                                                                                          
  348.        *   a binary file                                                                                                        
  349.        *   a sound file                                                                                                         
  350.        *   an image file                                                                                                        
  351.        *   a phone book (directory information)                                                                                 
  352.        *   an index-search                                                                                                      
  353.        *   a Telnet session                                                                                                     
  354.                                                                                                                                 
  355.        Items are displayed with an identifying  symbol next to them.  In                                                        
  356.        the example  above,  "<?>" means  a full text  index-search,  "/"                                                        
  357.        means a subdirectory, "<Picture>" means an image file and no sym-                                                        
  358.        bol means a text file.                                                                                                   
  359.                                                                                                                                 
  360.        Some Gopher  clients are  not able to  handle certain  file types                                                        
  361.        (eg, sound files).  Some clients display only files of types they                                                        
  362.        can handle or  files they suppose you are  interested in.  Others                                                        
  363.        display all types of files.                                                                                              
  364.                                                                                                                                 
  365.        Most Gopher clients  allow you to create,  view  and select book-                                                        
  366.        marks.  A bookmark keeps track of  the exact location of a Gopher                                                        
  367.        item, regardless of where it resides. It is useful when you often                                                        
  368.        need to reach a file or a  service located far from the top-level                                                        
  369.        directory.  A collection of bookmarks is like a customized Gopher                                                        
  370.        menu.                                                                                                                    
  371.                                                                                                                                 
  372.        Some capabilities of a local Gopher client are bound to the capa-                                                        
  373.        bilities of your own computer.  In fact,  for sound files,  image                                                        
  374.        files and Telnet sessions, the Gopher client looks for the appro-                                                        
  375.        priate software on your computer and passes control to it to per-                                                        
  376.        form the requested task.  When the task is completed,  control is                                                        
  377.        returned to the Gopher client.                                                                                           
  378.                                                                                                                                 
  379.        At any time,  it is possible  to terminate the session (quit com-                                                        
  380.        mand),  to  cancel the current processing  or to get  the on-line                                                        
  381.        help (help command).                                                                                                     
  382.                                                                                                                                 
  383.        An item is processed according to its type:                                                                              
  384.                                                                                                                                 
  385.        a subdirectory                                                                                                           
  386.                     its contents are displayed.  To go up one level, use                                                        
  387.                     the up command.                                                                                             
  388.                                                                                                                                 
  389.        a text file  the  file is  displayed.  Then  you  can browse  it,                                                        
  390.                     search for a particular string,  print it on a local                                                        
  391.                     printer or copy (save) it onto your local disk space                                                        
  392.                     in a user-specified  file (the last 2  functions may                                                        
  393.                     not be available to you).                                                                                   
  394.                                                                                                                                 
  395.        a binary file                                                                                                            
  396.                     the remote  file is  simply copied  onto your  local                                                        
  397.                     disk space  in a user-specified file.   Binary files                                                        
  398.                     are  binhexed  Macintosh   files,   archives  (.zip,                                                        
  399.                     .tar,...), compressed files, programs, etc.                                                                 
  400.                                                                                                                                 
  401.        a sound file the remote file  is played through your  local audio                                                        
  402.                     device if  it exists,   as well  as the  appropriate                                                        
  403.                     utility.  Only  one sound  file can  be active  at a                                                        
  404.                     time;  you will be warned if you try to play a sound                                                        
  405.                     before a previous one is done.                                                                              
  406.                                                                                                                                 
  407.        an image file                                                                                                            
  408.                     the remote file is displayed on your computer screen                                                        
  409.                     if an image viewer exists on your computer.                                                                 
  410.                                                                                                                                 
  411.        a phone book you are prompted for a search string to look up peo-                                                        
  412.                     ple  information through  the  selected phone  book.                                                        
  413.                     Since different institutions have different directo-                                                        
  414.                     ry services,  the  queries are not performed  in the                                                        
  415.                     same fashion.                                                                                               
  416.                                                                                                                                 
  417.        an index-search                                                                                                          
  418.                     you are  prompted for a  search string which  may be                                                        
  419.                     one or more words,  plus the special operators  and,                                                        
  420.                     or, and not. The search is  case-insensitive. Usual-                                                        
  421.                     ly,  an index is  created to help  users  locate the                                                        
  422.                     information  in  a set  of  documents quickly. Eg:                                                          
  423.                                                                                                                                 
  424.                          terminal and setting or tset                                                                           
  425.                                                                                                                                 
  426.                     will find all documents which contain both the words                                                        
  427.                     terminal and setting,  or the word tset.  or is non-                                                        
  428.                     exclusive so  the documents may  contain all  of the                                                        
  429.                     words.                                                                                                      
  430.                                                                                                                                 
  431.                     The result of the index-search looks like any Gopher                                                        
  432.                     menu, but each menu item is a file that contains the                                                        
  433.                     specified search string.                                                                                    
  434.                                                                                                                                 
  435.        a Telnet session                                                                                                         
  436.                     Telnet sessions are  normally text-based information                                                        
  437.                     services, for example, access to library catalogs.                                                          
  438.                                                                                                                                 
  439.                                                                                                                                 
  440.        VERONICA                                                                                                                 
  441.                                                                                                                                 
  442.        Veronica was  designed as a solution  to the problem  of resource                                                        
  443.        discovery in the rapidly-expanding Gopher  web,  providing a key-                                                        
  444.        word search  of more than 500  Gopher menus.  Veronica  helps you                                                        
  445.        find Gopher-based information without doing a menu-by-menu, site-                                                        
  446.        by-site search.   It is  to the  Gopher information  space,  what                                                        
  447.        archie is to the FTP archives                                                                                            
  448.                                                                                                                                 
  449.        Veronica is accessible  from most top-level Gopher  menus or from                                                        
  450.        the Other Gopher servers... branch.  There is no need for opening                                                        
  451.        another connection or another application.                                                                               
  452.                                                                                                                                 
  453.        When you choose a veronica search , you will be prompted to enter                                                        
  454.        a keyword or keywords.  The simplest  way to search with veronica                                                        
  455.        is to enter  a single word and  hit the RETURN key.   It does not                                                        
  456.        matter whether the word is upper-case or lower-case. The veronica                                                        
  457.        server will return  a gopher menu composed of  items whose titles                                                        
  458.        match your keyword specification.   Items can be accessed as with                                                        
  459.        any Gopher menu. Eg:                                                                                                     
  460.                                                                                                                                 
  461.             eudora                                                                                                              
  462.                                                                                                                                 
  463.        will give you a list of menu titles that contain eudora, such as:                                                        
  464.                                                                                                                                 
  465.             Electronic Mail: Eudora on Macintosh, Micro-08                                                                      
  466.             Modem Setting Eudora Slip.                                                                                          
  467.             A UNIX-based Eudora reader for those that ...                                                                       
  468.             Eudora:  Popmail for the Macintosh.                                                                                 
  469.             Eudora.                                                                                                             
  470.                                                                                                                                 
  471.        etc.                                                                                                                     
  472.                                                                                                                                 
  473.        The search  string may contain  keywords optionally  separated by                                                        
  474.        and, or and not.  If there is no operator between 2 keywords, and                                                        
  475.        is assumed. Eg:                                                                                                          
  476.                                                                                                                                 
  477.             eudora and macintosh                                                                                                
  478.                                                                                                                                 
  479.        will give you a list of menu  titles that contain both eudora and                                                        
  480.        macintosh, such as:                                                                                                      
  481.                                                                                                                                 
  482.             Eudora:  Popmail for the Macintosh.                                                                                 
  483.             v4.1 EUDORA: E-MAIL FOR THE MACINTOSH.                                                                              
  484.             Micro News:  Eudora - A Mailer for the Macintosh.                                                                   
  485.             Eudora: Electronic Mail on Your Macintosh.                                                                          
  486.             ACS News - Eudora Mail Reader for Macintosh.                                                                        
  487.                                                                                                                                 
  488.        etc.                                                                                                                     
  489.                                                                                                                                 
  490.        "*" is the wildcard character. It can replace any other character                                                        
  491.        or characters at the end of a keyword. Eg:                                                                               
  492.                                                                                                                                 
  493.             desk*                                                                                                               
  494.                                                                                                                                 
  495.        will give you a list of menu titles, such as:                                                                            
  496.                                                                                                                                 
  497.             The Help Desk.                                                                                                      
  498.             Keene State College Press Release COMPUTER ON EVERY DESK.                                                           
  499.             DESKQview/X... An alternative to Windows???.                                                                        
  500.             Ethernet at Your Desktop/                                                                                           
  501.                                                                                                                                 
  502.        etc.                                                                                                                     
  503.                                                                                                                                 
  504.                                                                                                                                 
  505.        Learning more about Gopher                                                                                               
  506.                                                                                                                                 
  507.        The Internet Gopher is developed  by the Computer and Information                                                        
  508.        Services Department of the University of Minnesota.  Bug reports,                                                        
  509.        comments, suggestions, etc. should be mailed to the Gopher devel-                                                        
  510.        opment team at: gopher@boombox.micro.umn.edu.                                                                            
  511.                                                                                                                                 
  512.        Mailing list: gopher-news@boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                          
  513.                                                                                                                                 
  514.        To subscribe send a mail to:                                                                                             
  515.        gopher-news-request@boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                
  516.                                                                                                                                 
  517.        Usenet newsgroup: comp.infosystems.gopher                                                                                
  518.                                                                                                                                 
  519.        A comprehensive description of veronica  search methods is avail-                                                        
  520.        able from the veronica menus.                                                                                            
  521.                                                                                                                                 
  522.        Veronica is  being developed by Steve  Foster and Fred  Barrie at                                                        
  523.        the University of Nevada.   Bug reports,  comments,  suggestions,                                                        
  524.        etc. should be addressed to: gophadm@futique.scs.unr.edu                                                                 
  525.                                                                                                                                 
  526.                                                                                                                                 
  527.                                                                                                                                 
  528.                                                                                                                                 
  529.                                 WORLD-WIDE WEB                                                                                  
  530.                                                                                                                                 
  531.                                                                                                                                 
  532.                                                                                                                                 
  533.        What is World-Wide Web                                                                                                   
  534.                                                                                                                                 
  535.        World-Wide Web (also called WWW or  W3)  is an information system                                                        
  536.        based on hypertext,  which offers a means of moving from document                                                        
  537.        to document  (usually called  to navigate)   within a  network of                                                        
  538.        information.                                                                                                             
  539.                                                                                                                                 
  540.        Hypertext documents are  linked to each other  through a selected                                                        
  541.        set of words.  For example, when a new word, or a new concept, is                                                        
  542.        introduced in  a text,  hypertext makes  it possible to  point to                                                        
  543.        another document which  gives more details about  it.  The reader                                                        
  544.        can open  the second  document by selecting  the unknown  word or                                                        
  545.        concept and the relevant section  is displayed.  The second docu-                                                        
  546.        ment may also contain links to further details.   The reader need                                                        
  547.        not know where the referenced document  is,  and there is no need                                                        
  548.        to type  a command to  display it,  or to  browse it to  find the                                                        
  549.        right paragraph. Cross-references may be defined in the same doc-                                                        
  550.        ument. A collection of documents is a database.                                                                          
  551.                                                                                                                                 
  552.        If you were reading this document on a hypertext system,  instead                                                        
  553.        of this all too short explanation about hypertext, you would have                                                        
  554.        a selectable pointer to a complete hypertext information web with                                                        
  555.        examples and more pointers to other definitions.                                                                         
  556.                                                                                                                                 
  557.        For instance, in the first document you might read:                                                                      
  558.                                                                                                                                 
  559.                                                                                                                                 
  560.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  561.                                                                                                                                 
  562.        The  WorldWideWeb (W3)  is a  wide-area "hypermedia"  information                                                        
  563.        retrieval initiative aiming  to give universal access  to a large                                                        
  564.        universe of documents.                                                                                                   
  565.                                                                                                                                 
  566.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  567.                                                                                                                                 
  568.                                                                                                                                 
  569.        Selecting hypermedia  will display the following  explanation for                                                        
  570.        you:                                                                                                                     
  571.                                                                                                                                 
  572.                                                                                                                                 
  573.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  574.                                                                                                                                 
  575.                               WHAT IS HYPERTEXT                                                                                 
  576.        Hypertext is text which is not constraied to be linear.                                                                  
  577.                                                                                                                                 
  578.        Hypertext is text which contains "links" to other texts. The term                                                        
  579.        was coined by "Ted Nelson" around 1965 (see "History").                                                                  
  580.                                                                                                                                 
  581.        HyperMedia is a term used  for hypertext which is not constrained                                                        
  582.        to  be text:  it can  include  graphics, video  and "sound",  for                                                        
  583.        example. Apparently Ted Nelson was the first to use this term too.                                                       
  584.                                                                                                                                 
  585.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  586.                                                                                                                                 
  587.                                                                                                                                 
  588.        Then you  can learn more about  links and Nelson.    Indeed,  the                                                        
  589.        links in WWW are not confined to text only,  so the term hyperme-                                                        
  590.        dia is more accurate. For example, the link to Nelson might point                                                        
  591.        to a file containing a picture  of Ted Nelson.  The picture would                                                        
  592.        be displayed on your screen if you have a suitable configuration.                                                        
  593.                                                                                                                                 
  594.        Also,  special documents (indexes)  in  the WWW information space                                                        
  595.        can be  search for  given keyword(s).  The  result is  a document                                                        
  596.        which contains links to the documents found.                                                                             
  597.                                                                                                                                 
  598.        World-Wide Web uses hypertext over the network:  the linked docu-                                                        
  599.        ments may be located at various  sites.  WWW can handle different                                                        
  600.        text formats and various information organizations. WWW also pro-                                                        
  601.        vides access to many of the other tools described in this guide.                                                         
  602.                                                                                                                                 
  603.                                                                                                                                 
  604.        Who can use World-Wide Web                                                                                               
  605.                                                                                                                                 
  606.        WWW uses the client-server model to  provide access to the infor-                                                        
  607.        mation universe.  You must be on the international TCP/IP network                                                        
  608.        (the Internet)   in order  to use  a client  on your  computer to                                                        
  609.        access WWW.   If you  are on the Internet,  but don't  have a WWW                                                        
  610.        client on your computer,  you can still enter the World-Wide Web.                                                        
  611.        Several sites offer public interactive access to WWW clients (see                                                        
  612.        the Remote  clients section  under How to  get to  World-Wide Web                                                        
  613.        below).                                                                                                                  
  614.                                                                                                                                 
  615.        If you have e-mail access only, or if you are not on the Internet                                                        
  616.        then  you  can not  fully  exploit  the  vast potential  of  WWW.                                                        
  617.        However,    a   mail-robot   is   available   at   the   address:                                                        
  618.        listserv@info.cern.ch which gives e-mail access to WWW-accessible                                                        
  619.        listserv@info.cern.ch                                                                                                    
  620.        files.  (see E-mail access section under How to get to World-Wide                                                        
  621.        Web below).                                                                                                              
  622.                                                                                                                                 
  623.                                                                                                                                 
  624.        How to get to World-Wide Web                                                                                             
  625.                                                                                                                                 
  626.        Users access the World-Wide Web facilities  via a client called a                                                        
  627.        browser.  This interface  provides transparent access to  the WWW                                                        
  628.        servers. If a local WWW client is not available on your computer,                                                        
  629.        you may use a client at a remote site. Thus, an easy way to start                                                        
  630.        with WWW is to access a remote client.                                                                                   
  631.                                                                                                                                 
  632.        Local clients                                                                                                            
  633.                                                                                                                                 
  634.        Usage of  a local client is  encouraged since it  provides better                                                        
  635.        performance and better response time than a remote client.                                                               
  636.                                                                                                                                 
  637.        Public domain  clients for  accessing WWW  servers are  available                                                        
  638.        for:  Macintosh, MS-DOS, VMS, VM/CMS, MVS, NeXT, Unix, X-Windows.                                                        
  639.        The clients are available for  anonymous FTP from info.cern.ch in                                                        
  640.        the directory /pub/www. All these platforms support a simple line                                                        
  641.        mode browser.  In addition,  graphical clients are available for:                                                        
  642.        Macintosh, Windows,  X-Windows,  NeXT and Unix.   See the list of                                                        
  643.        freely available client software in Appendix A.                                                                          
  644.                                                                                                                                 
  645.        Remote clients                                                                                                           
  646.                                                                                                                                 
  647.        To access a remote WWW client, telnet to the client site.  If you                                                        
  648.        are new  to WWW,  you should  telnet to info.cern.ch No  login is                                                        
  649.        needed.   You will  immediately enter the WWW  line mode browser.                                                        
  650.        Some  publicly  accessible  clients   feature  locally  developed                                                        
  651.        clients.  Most remote clients are at  sites with WWW servers with                                                        
  652.        information on  specific areas.  After  you telnet to  the client                                                        
  653.        site, at the login:prompt enter www, no password is needed.   The                                                        
  654.        following remote client sites are available:                                                                             
  655.                                                                                                                                 
  656.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  657.        |                                                               |                                                        
  658.        |  Site                    Country          Server Specialization                                                        
  659.        |                                                               |                                                        
  660.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  661.        |  vms.huji.ac.il          Israel            Environment        |                                                        
  662.        |  info.cern.ch            Switzerland (CERN) High-energy physics                                                        
  663.        |  fatty.law.cornell.edu   USA               Law                |                                                        
  664.        |  ukanaix.cc.ukans.edu    USA               History            |                                                        
  665.        |  www.njit.edu            USA                                  |                                                        
  666.        |                                                               |                                                        
  667.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  668.                                                                                                                                 
  669.        CERN is the entry point to  find information about WWW itself and                                                        
  670.        to have an overview of the Web  with a catalogue of the databases                                                        
  671.        sorted by subject.                                                                                                       
  672.                                                                                                                                 
  673.        E-mail access                                                                                                            
  674.                                                                                                                                 
  675.        In order to get a file, send mail to listserv@info.cern.ch with a                                                        
  676.        SEND command. The SEND command returns the document with the giv-                                                        
  677.        en WWW address, subject to certain restrictions.  Hypertext docu-                                                        
  678.        ments are formatted to 72 character width, with links numbered. A                                                        
  679.        separate list at the end of the file gives the document-addresses                                                        
  680.        of the related documents.                                                                                                
  681.                                                                                                                                 
  682.        If the document is hypertext, its links will be marked by numbers                                                        
  683.        in brackets,  and a list of  document addresses by number will be                                                        
  684.        appended to the message.   In this way,  you can navigate through                                                        
  685.        the web, more or less.  A good file to start with would be:                                                              
  686.        http://info.cern.ch./hypertext/DataSources/bySubject/Overview.html                                                       
  687.                                                                                                                                 
  688.        Note that,  despite the name listserv in the address of this mail                                                        
  689.        robot, it is not a LISTSERV server.                                                                                      
  690.                                                                                                                                 
  691.        A note of caution from the WWW developers and maintainers:                                                               
  692.                                                                                                                                 
  693.        As the  robot gives potential mail  access to a *vast*  amount of                                                        
  694.        information,  we  must emphasise that  the service should  not be                                                        
  695.        abused. Examples of appropriate use would be:                                                                            
  696.                                                                                                                                 
  697.        *   Accessing any information about W3 itself;                                                                           
  698.        *   Accessing any CERN and/or physics-related or network develop-                                                        
  699.            ment related information;                                                                                            
  700.                                                                                                                                 
  701.        Examples of INappropriate use would be:                                                                                  
  702.                                                                                                                                 
  703.        *   Attempting to retrieve binaries or tar files or anything more                                                        
  704.            than directory listings or short ASCII files from FTP archive                                                        
  705.            sites;                                                                                                               
  706.        *   Reading Usenet newsgroups which your site doesn't receive;                                                           
  707.        *   Repeated automatic use.                                                                                              
  708.                                                                                                                                 
  709.        There is  currently a 1000 line  limit on any returned  file.  We                                                        
  710.        don't want to overload other people's  mail relays or our server.                                                        
  711.        We reserve the right to withdraw the service at any time.  We are                                                        
  712.        currently monitoring all use of the server,  so your reading will                                                        
  713.        not initially enjoy privacy.                                                                                             
  714.                                                                                                                                 
  715.        Enjoy!                                                                                                                   
  716.                                                                                                                                 
  717.        The W3 team at CERN (www-bug@info.cern.ch)                                                                               
  718.                                                                                                                                 
  719.                                                                                                                                 
  720.        Using World-Wide Web                                                                                                     
  721.                                                                                                                                 
  722.        When using a graphical interface, you access the WWW functions by                                                        
  723.        pressing mouse buttons. In particular, references are highlighted                                                        
  724.        or underlined words.  To follow a  link,  click on the associated                                                        
  725.        reference.                                                                                                               
  726.                                                                                                                                 
  727.        The line mode browser is a more simple user interface: references                                                        
  728.        are numbers in square brackets next to words. Type the number and                                                        
  729.        hit the RETURN key to follow  a reference.  For example,  here is                                                        
  730.        the beginning of  the Subject Catalogue you get on  the CERN ser-                                                        
  731.        ver:                                                                                                                     
  732.                                                                                                                                 
  733.                                                                                                                                 
  734.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  735.                                                                                                                                 
  736.              The World-Wide Web Virtual Library: Subject Catalogue                                                              
  737.                              WWW VIRTUAL LIBRARY                                                                                
  738.                                                                                                                                 
  739.        This is  the subject catalogue.  See also arrangement  by service                                                        
  740.        type[1]. Mail  www-request@info.cern.ch to  add pointers  to this                                                        
  741.        list.                                                                                                                    
  742.                                                                                                                                 
  743.        Aeronautics     Mailing list archive index[2]. See also NASA LaRC[3]                                                     
  744.                                                                                                                                 
  745.        Agriculture[4]  Separate list, see also Almanac mail servers[5].                                                         
  746.                                                                                                                                 
  747.        Astronomy and Astrophysics                                                                                               
  748.                        Abstract Indexes[6] at NASA, Astrophysics work at                                                        
  749.                        FNAL[7],   Princeton's[8]   Sloane  Digital   Sky                                                        
  750.                        Survey,  the  STELAR   project,  Space  Telescope                                                        
  751.                        Electronic Information System[9], the Southampton                                                        
  752.                        University  Astronomy   Group[10],  the  National                                                        
  753.                        Solar Observatory[11],  Astrophysics work  at the                                                        
  754.                        AHPCRC[12]. See also: space[13].                                                                         
  755.                                                                                                                                 
  756.        Bio Sciences[14] Separate list.                                                                                          
  757.                                                                                                                                 
  758.        Computing[15]   Separate list.                                                                                           
  759.                                                                                                                                 
  760.        1-81, Back, <RETURN> for more, Quit, or Help:                                                                            
  761.                                                                                                                                 
  762.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  763.                                                                                                                                 
  764.                                                                                                                                 
  765.        The following commands are available  within WWW.  Some are disa-                                                        
  766.        bled when not applicable (eg,  Find is enabled only when the cur-                                                        
  767.        rent document  is an  index).  Angle  brackets (<>)   indicate an                                                        
  768.        optional parameter.                                                                                                      
  769.                                                                                                                                 
  770.        Help           gives  a list of  available commands depending  on                                                        
  771.                       the context, and the hypertext address of the cur-                                                        
  772.                       rent document.                                                                                            
  773.                                                                                                                                 
  774.        Manual         displays the on-line manual.                                                                              
  775.                                                                                                                                 
  776.        Quit           exits WWW.                                                                                                
  777.                                                                                                                                 
  778.        Up, Down       scrolls up or  down one page in  the current docu-                                                        
  779.                       ment.                                                                                                     
  780.                                                                                                                                 
  781.        Top, BOttom    goes to the top or the bottom of the current docu-                                                        
  782.                       ment.                                                                                                     
  783.                                                                                                                                 
  784.        Back           goes back to the document you were reading before.                                                        
  785.                                                                                                                                 
  786.        HOme           goes back to the first document you were reading.                                                         
  787.                                                                                                                                 
  788.        Next, Previous goes to the next or previous  document in the list                                                        
  789.                       of pointers from the document that led to the cur-                                                        
  790.                       rent one.                                                                                                 
  791.                                                                                                                                 
  792.        List           gives a numbered  list of the links  from the cur-                                                        
  793.                       rent document.  To follow a link, type in the num-                                                        
  794.                       ber.                                                                                                      
  795.                                                                                                                                 
  796.        Recall <number>                                                                                                          
  797.                       if number is  omitted,  gives  a numbered list  of                                                        
  798.                       the documents you have visited.                                                                           
  799.                                                                                                                                 
  800.                       To display  one specific  document,  re-issue  the                                                        
  801.                       command with number.                                                                                      
  802.                                                                                                                                 
  803.        <Find> keyword queries the  current index with the  supplied key-                                                        
  804.                       word(s).  A list of  matching entries is displayed                                                        
  805.                       with possibly links to further details.  Find  can                                                        
  806.                                                                Find                                                             
  807.                       be omitted if the first  keyword does not conflict                                                        
  808.                       with another  WWW command.  Multiple  keywords are                                                        
  809.                       separated by blanks.                                                                                      
  810.                                                                                                                                 
  811.        Go docaddress  goes  to the  document  represented  by the  given                                                        
  812.                       hypertext address, which is interpreted relatively                                                        
  813.                       to the current document.                                                                                  
  814.                                                                                                                                 
  815.        Extra command available on Unix versions only:                                                                           
  816.                                                                                                                                 
  817.        Print          prints the current document,  without the numbered                                                        
  818.                       document references.  The default print command is                                                        
  819.                       lpr,  but it may be  defined in your local working                                                        
  820.                       environment by the variable WWW_PRINT_COMMAND.                                                            
  821.                                                                                                                                 
  822.        To access WWW with the line mode browser, type: www.  The default                                                        
  823.        first document will appear on your screen.  From this point,  you                                                        
  824.        should be  able to navigate through  the WWW universe  by reading                                                        
  825.        the text  and following  the instructions  at the  bottom of  the                                                        
  826.        screen. If you want to start with a first document other than the                                                        
  827.        default,  or if you want to change some other aspect of the usual                                                        
  828.        interaction,  there are  a number of command  line parameters and                                                        
  829.        options available.  The full format of  the www command to invoke                                                        
  830.        the line mode browser is:                                                                                                
  831.                                                                                                                                 
  832.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  833.        |                                                               |                                                        
  834.        |   www      <options>  <docaddress <keyword>>                  |                                                        
  835.        |                                                               |                                                        
  836.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  837.                                                                                                                                 
  838.        where:                                                                                                                   
  839.                                                                                                                                 
  840.        docaddress                                                                                                               
  841.                  is the hypertext  address of the document  at which you                                                        
  842.                  want to start browsing.                                                                                        
  843.                                                                                                                                 
  844.        keyword   queries the index specified by docaddress with the sup-                                                        
  845.                  plied keyword(s).  A  list of matching entries  is dis-                                                        
  846.                  played. Multiple keywords are separated by blanks.                                                             
  847.                                                                                                                                 
  848.        Options are:                                                                                                             
  849.                                                                                                                                 
  850.        -n        non-interactive mode.   The document  is formatted  and                                                        
  851.                  displayed to the screen.  Pages are delimited with form                                                        
  852.                  feed characters (FF).                                                                                          
  853.                                                                                                                                 
  854.        -listrefs adds a list of the addresses of all documents referenc-                                                        
  855.                  es to the end.  Non-interactive mode only.                                                                     
  856.                                                                                                                                 
  857.        -pn       sets the  page length  to n  lines.  Without  a number,                                                        
  858.                  makes the page length infinite. Default is 24.                                                                 
  859.                                                                                                                                 
  860.        -wn       sets the page width to n columns. The default is 78, 79                                                        
  861.                  or 80 depending on the system.                                                                                 
  862.                                                                                                                                 
  863.        -na       hides references in the text. Useful, when printing out                                                        
  864.                  the document.                                                                                                  
  865.                                                                                                                                 
  866.        -version  displays the version number of the software.                                                                   
  867.                                                                                                                                 
  868.        The commands  listed above  should be  available in  all clients.                                                        
  869.        They  may be  abbreviated  (CAPITAL  letters indicate  acceptable                                                        
  870.        abbreviation).  Case is not significant.  Special characteristics                                                        
  871.        of the line mode browser interface are:                                                                                  
  872.                                                                                                                                 
  873.        number    type in a number given in []  and hit the RETURN key to                                                        
  874.                  follow the link associated to the reference.                                                                   
  875.                                                                                                                                 
  876.        RETURN    hit the RETURN key to display the next page of the cur-                                                        
  877.                  rent document (without a reference number).                                                                    
  878.                                                                                                                                 
  879.                                                                                                                                 
  880.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  881.                                                                                                                                 
  882.        WWW gives you  access to an information universe.   Let's say you                                                        
  883.        want to know how many film versions of The Three Musketeers there                                                        
  884.        have been.  You browse the WWW  Subject Catalogue and select Mov-                                                        
  885.        ies:                                                                                                                     
  886.                                                                                                                                 
  887.                                                                                                                                 
  888.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  889.                                                                                                                                 
  890.                                         Movie database browser (Cardiff)                                                        
  891.        A Hypertext movie database browser                                                                                       
  892.                                                                                                                                 
  893.        Sep 2nd... Your help is needed..[1]                                                                                      
  894.                                                                                                                                 
  895.        Aug 29th.. Images, sounds, mpegs & reviews[2]                                                                            
  896.                                                                                                                                 
  897.                                                                                                                                 
  898.        Select the type of search you'd like to perform:-                                                                        
  899.                                                                                                                                 
  900.           Movie people[3].....(multi Oscar winners)[4] or                                                                       
  901.                                                                                                                                 
  902.           Movie titles[5] .....(multi Oscar winners)[6]                                                                         
  903.                                                                                                                                 
  904.        Searches the "rec.arts.movies" movie database system, maintained                                                         
  905.        by Col Needham et-al.                                                                                                    
  906.                                                                                                                                 
  907.        Here[7] is some information on list maintainers.                                                                         
  908.                                                                                                                                 
  909.        If you have a comment or suggestion, it can be recorded here[8]                                                          
  910.                                                                                                                                 
  911.        HERE[9] is a pre-1986 movie information gopher server. (at                                                               
  912.                Manchester UK)                                                                                                   
  913.                                                                                                                                 
  914.        1-13, Back, Up, <RETURN> for more, Quit, or Help: 5                                                                      
  915.                                                                                                                                 
  916.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  917.                                                                                                                                 
  918.                                                                                                                                 
  919.        You select Movie titles,  and then  type three musketeers as key-                                                        
  920.        words:                                                                                                                   
  921.                                                                                                                                 
  922.                                                                                                                                 
  923.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  924.                                                                                                                                 
  925.                                                      Movie title queries                                                        
  926.                               MOVIE TITLE QUERY                                                                                 
  927.                                                                                                                                 
  928.        Enter a movie title or substring.                                                                                        
  929.                                                                                                                                 
  930.        Example,  to search  for movies  with the  word "alien"  in their                                                        
  931.        title, type "alien".                                                                                                     
  932.                                                                                                                                 
  933.        This will return details on several movies, including Aliens[1]                                                          
  934.                                                                                                                                 
  935.        Note: if the title begins with A  or The, leave it out. If you're                                                        
  936.        determined to include it, then put ', A' or ', The' at the end of                                                        
  937.        the of the substring e.g.                                                                                                
  938.                                                                                                                                 
  939.           Enforcer, The                                                                                                         
  940.                                                                                                                                 
  941.           Gauntlet, The                                                                                                         
  942.                                                                                                                                 
  943.        Searching is case insensitive.                                                                                           
  944.                                                                                                                                 
  945.         search menu[2] Fun and Games page[3] COMMA home page[4]                                                                 
  946.                                                                                                                                 
  947.        FIND <keywords>, 1-5, Back, Up, <RETURN> for more,                                                                       
  948.        or Help: three musketeers                                                                                                
  949.                                                                                                                                 
  950.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  951.                                                                                                                                 
  952.                                                                                                                                 
  953.        You find that there have been six film versions of the story:                                                            
  954.                                                                                                                                 
  955.                                                                                                                                 
  956.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  957.                                                                                                                                 
  958.                                                               Movie Info                                                        
  959.        Here are the results from the search for "three musketeers"                                                              
  960.                                                                                                                                 
  961.              Three Musketeers, The (1921)[1]                                                                                    
  962.                                                                                                                                 
  963.              Three Musketeers, The (1933)[2]                                                                                    
  964.                                                                                                                                 
  965.              Three Musketeers, The (1935)[3]                                                                                    
  966.                                                                                                                                 
  967.              Three Musketeers, The (1939)[4]                                                                                    
  968.                                                                                                                                 
  969.              Three Musketeers, The (1948)[5]                                                                                    
  970.                                                                                                                                 
  971.              Three Musketeers, The (1974)[6]                                                                                    
  972.                                                                                                                                 
  973.            search menu[7] Fun and Games page[8] COMMA home page[9]                                                              
  974.                                                                                                                                 
  975.                                                                                                                                 
  976.                                                                Rob.H[10]                                                        
  977.                                                                                                                                 
  978.                                               Robert.Hartill@cm.cf.ac.uk                                                        
  979.                                                                                                                                 
  980.                                                                                                                                 
  981.        FIND <keywords>, 1-10, Back, Up, Quit, or Help: 1                                                                        
  982.                                                                                                                                 
  983.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  984.                                                                                                                                 
  985.                                                                                                                                 
  986.        You decide to look for more information on the 1921 version:                                                             
  987.                                                                                                                                 
  988.                                                                                                                                 
  989.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  990.                                                                                                                                 
  991.                                                               Movie Info                                                        
  992.        Here are the results from the search for "Three Musketeers, The (1921)"                                                  
  993.                                                                                                                                 
  994.                              THREE MUSKETEERS, THE (1921)                                                                       
  995.                                                                                                                                 
  996.        1921                                                                                                                     
  997.                                                                                                                                 
  998.          Cast           Belcher, Charles[1] ......Bernajoux                                                                     
  999.                         De Brulier, Nigel[2] ......Cardinal Richelieu                                                           
  1000.                         De La Motte, Marguerite[3] ......Constance Bonacieux                                                    
  1001.                         Fairbanks, Douglas[4] ......D'Artagnan                                                                  
  1002.                         Irwin, Boyd[5] ......Comte de Rochefort                                                                 
  1003.                         MacLaren, Mary[6] ......Queen Anne of Austria                                                           
  1004.                         Menjou, Adolphe[7] ......Louis XIII                                                                     
  1005.                         Pallette, Eugene[8] ......Aramis                                                                        
  1006.                         Poff, Lon[9] ......Father Joseph                                                                        
  1007.                         Siegmann, George[10] ......Porthos                                                                      
  1008.                         Stevens, Charles[11] ......Planchet                                                                     
  1009.                                                                                                                                 
  1010.          Directed by    Niblo, Fred[12]                                                                                         
  1011.                                                                                                                                 
  1012.          Music by       Gottschalk, Louis F.[13]                                                                                
  1013.                                                                                                                                 
  1014.        1-21, Back, Up, <RETURN> for more, Quit, or Help: 7                                                                      
  1015.                                                                                                                                 
  1016.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  1017.                                                                                                                                 
  1018.                                                                                                                                 
  1019.        You're hooked! You decide to look for more information on Adolphe                                                        
  1020.        Menjou, search more titles, find Oscar winners, etc.                                                                     
  1021.                                                                                                                                 
  1022.                                                                                                                                 
  1023.        Learning more about World-Wide Web                                                                                       
  1024.                                                                                                                                 
  1025.        World-Wide  Web is  being developed  at  CERN (European  Particle                                                        
  1026.        Physics Laboratory)   by the  World-Wide Web  team leaded  by Tim                                                        
  1027.        Berners-Lee.  Bug reports, comments, suggestions, etc.  should be                                                        
  1028.        mailed to:  www-bug@info.cern.ch                                                                                         
  1029.                                                                                                                                 
  1030.        On-line documentation is available from info.cern.ch,  for anony-                                                        
  1031.                                                info.cern.ch                                                                     
  1032.        mous FTP or using the remote WWW client.                                                                                 
  1033.                                                                                                                                 
  1034.        Mailing lists: www-talk@info.cern.ch                                                                                     
  1035.        To subscribe send a mail to www-talk-request@info.cern.ch                                                                
  1036.                                                                                                                                 
  1037.        Usenet newsgroup: comp.infosystems.www                                                                                   
  1038.                                                                                                                                 
  1039.                                                                                                                                 
  1040.                                                                                                                                 
  1041.                                                                                                                                 
  1042.                                     Part 2                                                                                      
  1043.                                                                                                                                 
  1044.                               SEARCHING DATABASES                                                                               
  1045.                                                                                                                                 
  1046.                                                                                                                                 
  1047.                                                                                                                                 
  1048.                                      WAIS                                                                                       
  1049.                                                                                                                                 
  1050.                                                                                                                                 
  1051.                                                                                                                                 
  1052.        What is WAIS                                                                                                             
  1053.                                                                                                                                 
  1054.        WAIS, Wide Area Information Server,  is a distributed information                                                        
  1055.        retrieval system.  It helps users  search databases over networks                                                        
  1056.        using an  easy-to-use interface.  The databases  (called sources)                                                        
  1057.        are mostly collections of text-based documents, but they may also                                                        
  1058.        contain sound,  pictures  or video as well.   Databases on topics                                                        
  1059.        ranging from Agriculture  to Social Science can  be searched with                                                        
  1060.        WAIS.                                                                                                                    
  1061.                                                                                                                                 
  1062.        The databases may be organized  in different ways,  using various                                                        
  1063.        database systems,  but the user isn't required to learn the query                                                        
  1064.        languages of the different databases.  WAIS uses natural language                                                        
  1065.        queries to find relevant documents.  The result of the query is a                                                        
  1066.        set of documents which contain the words of the query:  no seman-                                                        
  1067.        tic information is extracted from the query.                                                                             
  1068.                                                                                                                                 
  1069.                                                                                                                                 
  1070.        Who can use WAIS                                                                                                         
  1071.                                                                                                                                 
  1072.        WAIS uses the client-server model to provide access to databases.                                                        
  1073.        You must be on the international TCP/IP network (the Internet) in                                                        
  1074.        order to use a client on your computer to access WAIS.                                                                   
  1075.                                                                                                                                 
  1076.        If you have e-mail access only, or if you are not on the Internet                                                        
  1077.        you can still  exploit some of the potential of  WAIS.  An e-mail                                                        
  1078.        interface is available at  the address:  waismail@quake.think.com                                                        
  1079.        which gives  e-mail access to  WAIS databases (see  E-mail access                                                        
  1080.        section under Using WAIS below).                                                                                         
  1081.                                                                                                                                 
  1082.                                                                                                                                 
  1083.        How to get to WAIS                                                                                                       
  1084.                                                                                                                                 
  1085.        There are many WAIS servers throughout the network.  A directory-                                                        
  1086.        of-servers  database is  available  at  several sites.   You  can                                                        
  1087.        address a query to it, eg,  to find out what databases are avail-                                                        
  1088.        able on a particular subject. This database is also available via                                                        
  1089.        anonymous FTP from Think.com in the directory /wais as file wais-                                                        
  1090.        sources.tar.Z.                                                                                                           
  1091.                                                                                                                                 
  1092.        If you do not have access to a WAIS client, (at least) two demon-                                                        
  1093.        stration sites are available to allow  you to get acquainted with                                                        
  1094.        WAIS.  You can telnet to:                                                                                                
  1095.                                                                                                                                 
  1096.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1097.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1098.        |  quake.think.com   (login: wais)                              |                                                        
  1099.        |  sunsite.unc.edu   (login: swais)                             |                                                        
  1100.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1101.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1102.                                                                                                                                 
  1103.        The two demonstration sites above run swais (Screen WAIS), a sim-                                                        
  1104.        ple WAIS client for Unix.                                                                                                
  1105.                                                                                                                                 
  1106.                                                                                                                                 
  1107.        Using WAIS                                                                                                               
  1108.                                                                                                                                 
  1109.        There are many freely available client software programs for var-                                                        
  1110.        ious operating systems (Unix, VMS, MVS,  MS-DOS,  OS/2 and Macin-                                                        
  1111.        tosh) and for specific environments (GNU Emacs, X-Windows,  Open-                                                        
  1112.        look,  Sunview,  NeXT,  and MS-Windows).   See the list of freely                                                        
  1113.        available client software in Appendix A.                                                                                 
  1114.                                                                                                                                 
  1115.        The  client interface  differs slightly  on different  platforms.                                                        
  1116.        However, the queries are performed in the same way,  whatever the                                                        
  1117.        interface.                                                                                                               
  1118.                                                                                                                                 
  1119.        *   Step 1:  The  user selects a set of databases  to be searched                                                        
  1120.            from among the available databases.                                                                                  
  1121.                                                                                                                                 
  1122.        *   Step 2:  The user formulates a query by giving keywords to be                                                        
  1123.            searched for.                                                                                                        
  1124.                                                                                                                                 
  1125.        *   Step 3: When the query is run, WAIS asks for information from                                                        
  1126.            each selected database.                                                                                              
  1127.                                                                                                                                 
  1128.        *   Step 4:  Headlines of documents satisfying the query are dis-                                                        
  1129.            played.  The  selected documents contain the  requested words                                                        
  1130.            and phrases.  Selected documents are  ranked according to the                                                        
  1131.            number of matches.                                                                                                   
  1132.                                                                                                                                 
  1133.        *   Step 5:  To retrieve a document,   the user simply selects it                                                        
  1134.            from the resulting list.                                                                                             
  1135.                                                                                                                                 
  1136.        *   Step 6: If the response is incomplete, the user can state the                                                        
  1137.            question differently  or feed back to  the system any  one or                                                        
  1138.            more of the selected documents he finds relevant.                                                                    
  1139.                                                                                                                                 
  1140.        *   Step 7:  When  the search is run again,  the  results will be                                                        
  1141.            updated to  include documents which  are similar to  the ones                                                        
  1142.            selected,  meaning  documents which share  a large  number of                                                        
  1143.            common words.                                                                                                        
  1144.                                                                                                                                 
  1145.        E-mail access:                                                                                                           
  1146.                                                                                                                                 
  1147.        You can  query WAIS databases  and retrieve documents  by sending                                                        
  1148.        commands  in  the  body  part  of  an  e-mail  message  to  wais-                                                        
  1149.                                                                    wais                                                         
  1150.        mail@quake.think.com.   The Subject: line is ignored.  The impor-                                                        
  1151.        tant commands  are (a  vertical bar  (|)  indicates  a choice  of                                                        
  1152.        parameters):                                                                                                             
  1153.                                                                                                                                 
  1154.        help         to get the help file                                                                                        
  1155.                                                                                                                                 
  1156.        maxres number                                                                                                            
  1157.                     to set the maximum number of results to be returned.                                                        
  1158.                                                                                                                                 
  1159.        search source-name | "source-name1 source-name2 ..." keywords                                                            
  1160.                     where:                                                                                                      
  1161.                                                                                                                                 
  1162.                     source-name                                                                                                 
  1163.                               is  a   source  name   as  found   in  the                                                        
  1164.                               directory-of-servers (with or  without the                                                        
  1165.                               .src ending).   Use double-quotes  (")  to                                                        
  1166.                               group several sources to be searched.                                                             
  1167.                                                                                                                                 
  1168.                     keywords  are the words you would normally type into                                                        
  1169.                               a query.                                                                                          
  1170.                                                                                                                                 
  1171.                     You may  specify several search  requests in  a mail                                                        
  1172.                     message.   If  you don't know  what sources  you can                                                        
  1173.                     search, just try anything. If the source name is not                                                        
  1174.                     recognised, you'll get a list of sources.                                                                   
  1175.                                                                                                                                 
  1176.        retrieve docid                                                                                                           
  1177.                     to retrieve a document from  a database.  docid is a                                                        
  1178.                     DocID as  returned by a  search above.  You  may put                                                        
  1179.                     more than one  retrieval request in a  mail message,                                                        
  1180.                     but you  must leave a  blank line  between requests.                                                        
  1181.                     The docid must  be written exactly as  returned by a                                                        
  1182.                     search  request,   including any  spaces.   You  can                                                        
  1183.                     retrieve non-text documents as well as text.  If the                                                        
  1184.                     document is  of type TEXT or  WSRC you will  get the                                                        
  1185.                     result directly. Other types will be UUENCODED.                                                             
  1186.                                                                                                                                 
  1187.        DocID: docid same as retrieve. This form is identical to the form                                                        
  1188.                     which is returned by a  search request.  It makes it                                                        
  1189.                     easy  to use  the reply  mail  function to  retrieve                                                        
  1190.                     results.                                                                                                    
  1191.                                                                                                                                 
  1192.                                                                                                                                 
  1193.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  1194.                                                                                                                                 
  1195.        When you log in to the demonstration site at quake.think.com, you                                                        
  1196.        have immediate  access to  the directory-of-servers  database via                                                        
  1197.        the swais  client software.  To  find recipes using  papaya,  you                                                        
  1198.        would select the recipes database and give papaya as the keyword.                                                        
  1199.        Here are the results of the search:                                                                                      
  1200.                                                                                                                                 
  1201.                                                                                                                                 
  1202.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  1203.                                                                                                                                 
  1204.          #  Score Source                  Title                    Lines                                                        
  1205.        001: 1000 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Dawn's Muffins, Pt III     339                                                        
  1206.        002: 1000 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Muffins 3                  632                                                        
  1207.        003: 1000 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Pineapple                  678                                                        
  1208.        004:  750 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Pork and Papaya Salad       33                                                        
  1209.        005:  750 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Bread                      681                                                        
  1210.        006:  500 (recipes) roder@cco. Re: NONFAT BAKERY COLLECTION   423                                                        
  1211.        007:  500 (recipes) shiva@hoss Re: Juice Recipes               65                                                        
  1212.        008:  250 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Prawn Salad                 49                                                        
  1213.        009:  250 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: COLLECTION: Lots of Avoca  447                                                        
  1214.        010:  250 (recipes) mecca@acsu Re: REQUEST: blender-made fru   29                                                        
  1215.        011:  250 (recipes) Ann.Adamci Re: Re: REQUEST: blender-made   38                                                        
  1216.        012:  250 (recipes) patth@Pani Re: Re: REQUEST: blender-made   49                                                        
  1217.        013:  250 (recipes) arielle@ta Re: Avocados                   459                                                        
  1218.        014:  250 (recipes) red_trek@d Re: VEGAN: red beans and rice   78                                                        
  1219.                                                                                                                                 
  1220.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  1221.                                                                                                                                 
  1222.                                                                                                                                 
  1223.        You can then select any of  the above documents for viewing,  for                                                        
  1224.        example, the Pork and Papaya Salad recipe:                                                                               
  1225.                                                                                                                                 
  1226.                                                                                                                                 
  1227.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  1228.                                                                                                                                 
  1229.        Newsgroups: rec.food.recipes                                                                                             
  1230.        From: arielle@taronga.com (Stephanie da Silva)                                                                           
  1231.        Subject: Pork and Papaya Salad                                                                                           
  1232.        Message-ID: <5BBP2SB@taronga.com>                                                                                        
  1233.        Date: Mon, 29 Mar 1993 06:51:47 GMT                                                                                      
  1234.        Lines: 23                                                                                                                
  1235.                                                                                                                                 
  1236.        1/4 cup dried currants                                                                                                   
  1237.        1/2 cup balsamic vinegar                                                                                                 
  1238.        1/4 cup walnut oil                                                                                                       
  1239.        1/4 cup chicken broth                                                                                                    
  1240.        1 tablespoon honey                                                                                                       
  1241.        1/4 teaspoon ground cinnamon                                                                                             
  1242.        1 pound cooked boneless pork loin roast                                                                                  
  1243.        1 head Belgian endive                                                                                                    
  1244.        Bibb lettuce leaves                                                                                                      
  1245.        2 papayas, seeded, peeled and sliced lengthwise                                                                          
  1246.        2 avocados, seeded, peeled and sliced lengthwise                                                                         
  1247.        1/4 cup broken walnut pieces                                                                                             
  1248.                                                                                                                                 
  1249.        In a small bowl pour enough boiling water over currants to cover.                                                        
  1250.        Let stand 5 minutes; drain. For dressing, in a screw-top jar                                                             
  1251.        combine vinegar, oil, chicken broth, honey, and cinnamon. Cover;                                                         
  1252.        shake well. Trim fat from pork; slice thinly. Separate leaves of                                                         
  1253.        Belgian endive. Line 6 salad plates with lettuce leaves. Arrange                                                         
  1254.        pork, endive, papaya, and avocado on plates. Sprinkle with                                                               
  1255.        currants and walnuts. Drizzle dressing over salads.                                                                      
  1256.                                                                                                                                 
  1257.        Stephanie da Silva                            arielle@taronga.com                                                        
  1258.                                                                                                                                 
  1259.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  1260.                                                                                                                                 
  1261.                                                                                                                                 
  1262.        If you give more than one keyword,  then all documents containing                                                        
  1263.        any of the keywords will be listed.                                                                                      
  1264.                                                                                                                                 
  1265.                                                                                                                                 
  1266.        Learning more about WAIS                                                                                                 
  1267.                                                                                                                                 
  1268.        A bibliography  of documents,  services  and sources for  WAIS is                                                        
  1269.        maintained  by   Barbara  Lincoln  Brooks   of  WAIS   Inc.   The                                                        
  1270.        bibliography  is available  from  ftp.wais.com  in the  directory                                                        
  1271.        /pub/wais-inc-doc along with many other WAIS documents.                                                                  
  1272.                                                                                                                                 
  1273.        There are  currently four main  FTP sites for  WAIS documentation                                                        
  1274.        and software:                                                                                                            
  1275.                                                                                                                                 
  1276.        *   ftp.cnidr.org                                                                                                        
  1277.        *   ftp.wais.com                                                                                                         
  1278.        *   quake.think.com                                                                                                      
  1279.        *   sunsite.unc.edu                                                                                                      
  1280.                                                                                                                                 
  1281.        For information on free WAIS software contact freewais@cnidr.org                                                         
  1282.                                                                                                                                 
  1283.        Mailing list: wais-discussion@wais.com                                                                                   
  1284.        To subscribe send a mail to wais-discussion-request@wais.com                                                             
  1285.                                                                                                                                 
  1286.        Usenet newsgroup: comp.infosystems.wais                                                                                  
  1287.                                                                                                                                 
  1288.        WAIS was developed at Thinking Machines Corporation.                                                                     
  1289.                                                                                                                                 
  1290.                                                                                                                                 
  1291.                                                                                                                                 
  1292.                                                                                                                                 
  1293.                                     Part 3                                                                                      
  1294.                                                                                                                                 
  1295.                            FINDING NETWORK RESOURCES                                                                            
  1296.                                                                                                                                 
  1297.                                                                                                                                 
  1298.                                                                                                                                 
  1299.                                     ARCHIE                                                                                      
  1300.                                                                                                                                 
  1301.                                                                                                                                 
  1302.                                                                                                                                 
  1303.        What is ARCHIE                                                                                                           
  1304.                                                                                                                                 
  1305.        Archie is an information system. It offers an electronic directo-                                                        
  1306.        ry service for  locating information in the  international TCP/IP                                                        
  1307.        network (the Internet).                                                                                                  
  1308.                                                                                                                                 
  1309.        The best known  use of archie is  for scanning a database  of the                                                        
  1310.        contents of more than 1000 anonymous  FTP sites around the world.                                                        
  1311.        Currently,  this database contains more than 2,100,000 file names                                                        
  1312.        from anonymous FTP  sites.  This database is known  as the archie                                                        
  1313.        database.                                                                                                                
  1314.                                                                                                                                 
  1315.        The  files made  available at  anonymous FTP  sites are  software                                                        
  1316.        packages for various systems (Windows, MS-DOS,  Macintosh,  Unix,                                                        
  1317.        etc.),  utilities,  information or  documentation files,  mailing                                                        
  1318.        list or Usenet group discussion archives.  At most FTP sites, the                                                        
  1319.        resources are organized hierarchically  in directories and subdi-                                                        
  1320.        rectories.  The database  tracks both the directory  path and the                                                        
  1321.        file names.                                                                                                              
  1322.                                                                                                                                 
  1323.        The archie  database is automatically updated,   thereby ensuring                                                        
  1324.        that the information is accurate.  Using this database, users can                                                        
  1325.        easily find the  the location of files they  need without logging                                                        
  1326.        onto several machines.                                                                                                   
  1327.                                                                                                                                 
  1328.                                                                                                                                 
  1329.        Who can use ARCHIE                                                                                                       
  1330.                                                                                                                                 
  1331.        Users on any network can access the archie database by electronic                                                        
  1332.        mail.  Other means of access are available to users on the Inter-                                                        
  1333.        net (see the section Using ARCHIE below for details).                                                                    
  1334.                                                                                                                                 
  1335.        You are requested  to respect a few basic rules  when you request                                                        
  1336.        information from an archie server:                                                                                       
  1337.                                                                                                                                 
  1338.        *   avoid connecting  during working hours;   most of  the archie                                                        
  1339.            servers are not dedicated machines, they have local functions                                                        
  1340.            as well.                                                                                                             
  1341.        *   make your queries as specific as possible;  the response will                                                        
  1342.            be quicker and shorter.                                                                                              
  1343.        *   user  interfaces installed  on  your  computer contribute  to                                                        
  1344.            reduce the load on the server sites, please use them.                                                                
  1345.        *   use the archie  server closest to you  and,  in particularly,                                                        
  1346.            don't overload the transatlantic lines.                                                                              
  1347.                                                                                                                                 
  1348.                                                                                                                                 
  1349.        How to get to ARCHIE                                                                                                     
  1350.                                                                                                                                 
  1351.        The archie database is maintained in the following locations:                                                            
  1352.                                                                                                                                 
  1353.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1354.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1355.        |  Host                       Country        Host               |                                                        
  1356.   Country                                                                                                                       
  1357.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1358.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1359.        |  archie.au                  Australia      archie.kr          |                                                        
  1360.   Korea                                                                                                                         
  1361.        |  archie.edvz.uni-linz.ac.at Austria        archie.sogang.ac.kr|     Kor                                                
  1362. ea                                                                                                                              
  1363.        |  archie.univie.ac.at        Austria        archie.nz          |     New                                                
  1364.  Zealand                                                                                                                        
  1365.        |  archie.uqam.ca             Canada         archie.rediris.es  |                                                        
  1366.   Spain                                                                                                                         
  1367.        |  archie.funet.fi            Finland        archie.luth.se     |                                                        
  1368.        Sweden                                                                                                                   
  1369.        |  archie.th-darmstadt.de     Germany        archie.switch.ch   |                                                        
  1370.        Switzerland                                                                                                              
  1371.        |  archie.doc.ic.ac.uk        Great-Britain  archie.ncu.edu.tw  |                                                        
  1372.   Taiwan                                                                                                                        
  1373.        |  archie.ac.il               Israel         archie.ans.net     |                                                        
  1374.        USA                                                                                                                      
  1375.        |  archie.unipi.it            Italy          archie.internic.net|                                                        
  1376.        USA                                                                                                                      
  1377.        |  archie.kuis.kyoto-u.ac.jp  Japan          archie.rutgers.edu |                                                        
  1378.        USA                                                                                                                      
  1379.        |  archie.wide.ad.jp          Japan          archie.sura.net    |                                                        
  1380.        USA                                                                                                                      
  1381.        |  archie.unl.edu             USA                               |                                                        
  1382.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1383.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1384.                                                                                                                                 
  1385.        There are three ways to access  the archie database:  via a local                                                        
  1386.        client, interactive Telnet session or electronic mail.  Each type                                                        
  1387.        of access is described below in the Using ARCHIE section.                                                                
  1388.                                                                                                                                 
  1389.                                                                                                                                 
  1390.        Using ARCHIE                                                                                                             
  1391.                                                                                                                                 
  1392.        The format of the parameters is given at the end of this section.                                                        
  1393.        Angle brackets (<>)  indicate an  optional parameter;  a vertical                                                        
  1394.        bar (|) indicates a choice of parameters.                                                                                
  1395.                                                                                                                                 
  1396.           Note:   A new version of the archie server (3.0) is now avail-                                                        
  1397.        able.  Some of the commands for interactive access and the e-mail                                                        
  1398.        interface are slightly   different from previous versions  of the                                                        
  1399.        server (2.11 and before).  Command formats marked with a (+)  are                                                        
  1400.        valid in version 3.0 only, those marked with a (*) are acceptable                                                        
  1401.        only in previous versions. To find out which version is installed                                                        
  1402.        at the server you wish to use, issue the version command.                                                                
  1403.                                                                                                                                 
  1404.        Using a local client:                                                                                                    
  1405.                                                                                                                                 
  1406.        Usage of these clients is encouraged since they provide quick and                                                        
  1407.        easy non-interactive access to the archie servers, and thus, bet-                                                        
  1408.        ter performance of  the servers and better response  time for the                                                        
  1409.        user.                                                                                                                    
  1410.                                                                                                                                 
  1411.        Public domain clients for accessing  archie servers are available                                                        
  1412.        for:   Macintosh, MS-DOS, OS/2,  VMS,  NeXT,  Unix and X-Windows.                                                        
  1413.        The clients are available for anonymous FTP from the archie sites                                                        
  1414.        in the directories /pub/archie/clients  or /archie/clients.   All                                                        
  1415.        these  platforms  support  a simple  command  line   client.   In                                                        
  1416.        addition, a graphical interface (called xarchie) is available for                                                        
  1417.        X-Windows.                                                                                                               
  1418.                                                                                                                                 
  1419.        Archie client command and parameters                                                                                     
  1420.                                                                                                                                 
  1421.        When using a graphical interface, you access the archie functions                                                        
  1422.        by pressing mousse buttons. The results are displayed with selec-                                                        
  1423.        table fields for further explorations.                                                                                   
  1424.                                                                                                                                 
  1425.        The basic  archie client  is a command  with parameters  that you                                                        
  1426.        enter on  your local machine.  With  most versions of  the archie                                                        
  1427.        client,  if you  type archie with no parameters,  you  will get a                                                        
  1428.        list of the possible parameters and  a short description of each.                                                        
  1429.        The format of the command is:                                                                                            
  1430.                                                                                                                                 
  1431.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1432.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1433.        |  archie    <-options> string | pattern                        |                                                        
  1434.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1435.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1436.                                                                                                                                 
  1437.        where the options are:                                                                                                   
  1438.                                                                                                                                 
  1439.        o         specifies an output file name to store the results (not                                                        
  1440.                  available with all clients).                                                                                   
  1441.                                                                                                                                 
  1442.        l         lists the result one match per line. This form is suit-                                                        
  1443.                  able for parsing by programs.                                                                                  
  1444.                                                                                                                                 
  1445.        t         sorts the result inverted by date                                                                              
  1446.                                                                                                                                 
  1447.        m#        specifies maximum number of matches to return (# within                                                        
  1448.                  the range 0 to 1000). The default value is 95.                                                                 
  1449.                                                                                                                                 
  1450.        h archie-server                                                                                                          
  1451.                  specifies an  archie  server to send the  query to;  if                                                        
  1452.                  this parameter  is not given,   then the query  will be                                                        
  1453.                  sent to the default archie server, if one is defined.                                                          
  1454.                                                                                                                                 
  1455.        L         lists known servers and current default server.                                                                
  1456.                                                                                                                                 
  1457.        The following group of options determines the kind of search per-                                                        
  1458.        formed on the database. They are mutually exclusive.                                                                     
  1459.                                                                                                                                 
  1460.        s         a  match occurs  if  the  file/directory name  contains                                                        
  1461.                  string.  The  search is case insensitive.                                                                      
  1462.                                                                                                                                 
  1463.        c         as above, but the search is case sensitive.                                                                    
  1464.                                                                                                                                 
  1465.        e         string must  EXACTLY match (including case)   the file/                                                        
  1466.                  directory   name   in  the  database.    This   is  the                                                        
  1467.                  DEFAULT search method.                                                                                         
  1468.                                                                                                                                 
  1469.        r         searches the database using  pattern.  It contains spe-                                                        
  1470.                  cial characters  which must be interpreted  before per-                                                        
  1471.                  forming the search.                                                                                            
  1472.                                                                                                                                 
  1473.        There may  be some  slight differences  in the  options available                                                        
  1474.        with different clients on different platforms.                                                                           
  1475.                                                                                                                                 
  1476.        The result is a list of FTP site addresses with files or directo-                                                        
  1477.        ries matching the argument, the size of the file,  its last modi-                                                        
  1478.        fication date and its directory.  By default,  the list is sorted                                                        
  1479.        by host address. See the Examples section below for an example of                                                        
  1480.        archie output.                                                                                                           
  1481.                                                                                                                                 
  1482.        Using Telnet:                                                                                                            
  1483.                                                                                                                                 
  1484.        To access an  archie server interactively,  telnet to  one of the                                                        
  1485.        existing servers (see  the list of servers in the  section How to                                                        
  1486.                                                                   How to                                                        
  1487.        get to ARCHIE  above).  At the login:  prompt  enter archie,  the                                                        
  1488.        login procedure ends  leaving the user at a  archie> prompt.  The                                                        
  1489.        server is  ready for user  requests.  The following  commands are                                                        
  1490.        available:                                                                                                               
  1491.                                                                                                                                 
  1492.        exit, quit, bye                                                                                                          
  1493.                       exits archie.                                                                                             
  1494.                                                                                                                                 
  1495.        help  <command-name>                                                                                                     
  1496.                       invokes the on-line help.  If issued with command-                                                        
  1497.                       name, the help request is restricted to the speci-                                                        
  1498.                       fied topic.    Pressing the RETURN key  exits from                                                        
  1499.                       the on-line help.                                                                                         
  1500.                                                                                                                                 
  1501.        list  <pattern>                                                                                                          
  1502.                       provides a list  of the sites in  the database and                                                        
  1503.                       the time  at which  they were  last updated.   The                                                        
  1504.                       optional parameter limits the list to sites match-                                                        
  1505.                       ing pattern.  The result is  a list of site names,                                                        
  1506.                       sites IP  address and date  of the last  update in                                                        
  1507.                       the database.   The command  list with  no pattern                                                        
  1508.                       will list  all sites  in the  database (more  than                                                        
  1509.                       1000 sites!). Eg,                                                                                         
  1510.                                                                                                                                 
  1511.                            list \.de$                                                                                           
  1512.                                                                                                                                 
  1513.                       will list all German sites                                                                                
  1514.                                                                                                                                 
  1515.        site(*)  site-name                                                                                                       
  1516.                       lists the directories and, recursively, the subdi-                                                        
  1517.                       rectories,   of site-name  in  the database.   The                                                        
  1518.                       result may be very long.                                                                                  
  1519.                                                                                                                                 
  1520.        whatis  string searches the database of software package descrip-                                                        
  1521.                       tions for string. The search is case-insensitive.                                                         
  1522.                                                                                                                                 
  1523.        prog  string  |  pattern                                                                                                 
  1524.        find(+)  string  |  pattern                                                                                              
  1525.                       searches the database for  string or pattern which                                                        
  1526.                       represents the name of the resource to be found in                                                        
  1527.                       the database.  Searches may be performed in a num-                                                        
  1528.                       ber of  different ways  specified in  the variable                                                        
  1529.                       search (set command) which also decides the inter-                                                        
  1530.                       pretation of  the parameter as string  or pattern.                                                        
  1531.                       The result  is a list  of FTP site  addresses with                                                        
  1532.                       matching entries,  the size  of the resource,  its                                                        
  1533.                       last modification  date and the directory  to find                                                        
  1534.                       it.  The number of hits  is limited by the maxhits                                                        
  1535.                       variable (set command).  The result of prog can be                                                        
  1536.                       sorted in different ways,   depending on the value                                                        
  1537.                       of the sortby variable (set command).  By default,                                                        
  1538.                       the variables search,  maxhits  and sortby are set                                                        
  1539.                       to,  respectively,  exact match  search on string,                                                        
  1540.                       1000 hits and unsorted resulting list.  Typing the                                                        
  1541.                       keyboard interrupt character during  a search will                                                        
  1542.                       abort it.   The results up  to that time  are dis-                                                        
  1543.                       played.   See  the Examples  section below  for an                                                        
  1544.                       example of the prog command and its results.                                                              
  1545.                                                                                                                                 
  1546.        mail  <email>  <,email2...>                                                                                              
  1547.                       sends the  result of  the last  command in  a mail                                                        
  1548.                       message to  the specified e-mail  address(es).  If                                                        
  1549.                       issued with no argument, the result is sent to the                                                        
  1550.                       address specified in the variable mailto (set com-                                                        
  1551.                       mand).                                                                                                    
  1552.                                                                                                                                 
  1553.        show  <variable>                                                                                                         
  1554.                       displays the value of the given variable name.  If                                                        
  1555.                       issued with  no argument,   it displays  all vari-                                                        
  1556.                       ables.  See the set command below for the possible                                                        
  1557.                       variables.                                                                                                
  1558.                                                                                                                                 
  1559.        set  variable  value                                                                                                     
  1560.                       sets  one of  the archie's  variables.  Values  of                                                        
  1561.                       these variables  affect how archie  interacts with                                                        
  1562.                       the user.                                                                                                 
  1563.                                                                                                                                 
  1564.        Variables and values are:                                                                                                
  1565.                                                                                                                                 
  1566.        compress(+)  compress-method                                                                                             
  1567.                       specifies  the compression  method  (none or  com-                                                        
  1568.                       press) to be used before mailing a result with the                                                        
  1569.                       mail command. The default is none.                                                                        
  1570.                                                                                                                                 
  1571.        encode(+)  encode-method                                                                                                 
  1572.                       specifies the  encoding method (none  or uuencode)                                                        
  1573.                       to be used  before mailing a result  with the mail                                                        
  1574.                       command.   This variable is ignored if compress is                                                        
  1575.                       not set. The default is none.                                                                             
  1576.                                                                                                                                 
  1577.        mailto  email  <,email2 ...>                                                                                             
  1578.                       specifies  the  e-mail address(es)   to  mail  the                                                        
  1579.                       result of  the last  command when  mail is  issued                                                        
  1580.                       with no arguments.                                                                                        
  1581.                                                                                                                                 
  1582.        maxhits  number                                                                                                          
  1583.                       specifies the maximum number  of matches prog will                                                        
  1584.                       generate (within the range 0 to 1000). The default                                                        
  1585.                       value is 1000.                                                                                            
  1586.                                                                                                                                 
  1587.        search  search-value                                                                                                     
  1588.                       determines  the kind  of search  performed on  the                                                        
  1589.                       database by  the command:  prog string  | pattern.                                                        
  1590.                       search-values are:                                                                                        
  1591.                                                                                                                                 
  1592.                       sub    a partial  and case  insensitive search  is                                                        
  1593.                              performed with string on the database, eg:                                                         
  1594.                                                                                                                                 
  1595.                                   "is" will match "islington" and "this"                                                        
  1596.                                   and "poison"                                                                                  
  1597.                                                                                                                                 
  1598.                       subcase                                                                                                   
  1599.                              as above but the  search is case sensitive,                                                        
  1600.                              eg:                                                                                                
  1601.                                                                                                                                 
  1602.                                   "TeX" will match "LaTeX" but not                                                              
  1603.                                   "Latex"                                                                                       
  1604.                                                                                                                                 
  1605.                       exact  the parameter of prog (string) must EXACTLY                                                        
  1606.                              match (including  case)  the string  in the                                                        
  1607.                              database. The fastest search method of all,                                                        
  1608.                              and the default.                                                                                   
  1609.                                                                                                                                 
  1610.                       regex  pattern is interpreted  before performing a                                                        
  1611.                              search on the database.                                                                            
  1612.                                                                                                                                 
  1613.                       sortby  sort-value                                                                                        
  1614.                              describes how  to sort the result  of prog.                                                        
  1615.                              sort-values are:                                                                                   
  1616.                                                                                                                                 
  1617.                              hostname on the FTP site address in lexical                                                        
  1618.                                       order.                                                                                    
  1619.                                                                                                                                 
  1620.                              time     by  the modification  date,   most                                                        
  1621.                                       recent first.                                                                             
  1622.                                                                                                                                 
  1623.                              size     by the size of  the found files or                                                        
  1624.                                       directories, largest first.                                                               
  1625.                                                                                                                                 
  1626.                              filename on file or directory name in lexi-                                                        
  1627.                                       cal order.                                                                                
  1628.                                                                                                                                 
  1629.                              none     unsorted (default)                                                                        
  1630.                                                                                                                                 
  1631.                              The  reverse  sorting   orders  from  those                                                        
  1632.                              described here are obtained by prepending r                                                        
  1633.                              to the  sortby value given.   (eg,  reverse                                                        
  1634.                              hostname order hostname is rhostname).                                                             
  1635.                                                                                                                                 
  1636.                       term  terminal-type   <number-of-rows  <number-of-                                                        
  1637.                              columns>>                                                                                          
  1638.                              tells the archie server what type of termi-                                                        
  1639.                              nal you are using,  and optionally its size                                                        
  1640.                              in rows and columns, eg:                                                                           
  1641.                                                                                                                                 
  1642.                                   set term xterm 24 100                                                                         
  1643.                                                                                                                                 
  1644.        Using electronic mail:                                                                                                   
  1645.                                                                                                                                 
  1646.        Users  limited to  electronic mail  connectivity  can access  the                                                        
  1647.        archie servers  by sending mail to  the domain address of  one of                                                        
  1648.        the  servers listed  in the  section How  to get  to ARCHIE  (eg,                                                        
  1649.        archie@archie.ac.il).  The commands are sent  in the body part of                                                        
  1650.        the mail.                                                                                                                
  1651.                                                                                                                                 
  1652.        The electronic  mail  interface to an archie  server recognizes a                                                        
  1653.        subset of the  commands described  in Using  Telnet.  Most useful                                                        
  1654.        commands  and   particularities  to  the  e-mail   interface  are                                                        
  1655.        described below.  If an empty message, or a message containing no                                                        
  1656.        valid requests is  received,  it will be considered to  be a help                                                        
  1657.        request.                                                                                                                 
  1658.                                                                                                                                 
  1659.        Command lines begin  in the first column.  All lines  that do not                                                        
  1660.        match a valid command are ignored. The Subject: line is processed                                                        
  1661.        as if it were part of the message body.                                                                                  
  1662.                                                                                                                                 
  1663.        help      sends you the help file. The help command is exclusive,                                                        
  1664.                  ie, other commands in the same message are ignored.                                                            
  1665.                                                                                                                                 
  1666.        path  return-address                                                                                                     
  1667.        set mailto(+)  return-address                                                                                            
  1668.                  specifies a  return e-mail address different  from that                                                        
  1669.                  which is extracted from the  message header.  If you do                                                        
  1670.                  not receive a reply from  the archie server within sev-                                                        
  1671.                  eral hours,   you might need to  add a path  command to                                                        
  1672.                  your message request.                                                                                          
  1673.                                                                                                                                 
  1674.        list  pattern  <pattern2 ...>                                                                                            
  1675.                  provides a list of the sites in the database that match                                                        
  1676.                  pattern and the  time at which they  were last updated.                                                        
  1677.                  The result is a list with site names,  sites IP address                                                        
  1678.                  and date of the last update in the database.                                                                   
  1679.                                                                                                                                 
  1680.        site(*)  site-name                                                                                                       
  1681.                  lists the directories and, recursively, the subdirecto-                                                        
  1682.                  ries, of site-name in the database.                                                                            
  1683.                                                                                                                                 
  1684.        whatis  string  <string2 ...>                                                                                            
  1685.                  searches the database of software packages descriptions                                                        
  1686.                  for each string. The search is case insensitive.                                                               
  1687.                                                                                                                                 
  1688.        prog  pattern  <pattern2 ...>                                                                                            
  1689.        find(+)  pattern  <pattern2>                                                                                             
  1690.                  searches the  database for each interpretation  of pat-                                                        
  1691.                  tern  which represents  the name  of a  resource to  be                                                        
  1692.                  found in the database.  If multiple patterns are placed                                                        
  1693.                  on one line,  in that case,  the results will be mailed                                                        
  1694.                  back in  one message.  If  multiple prog  lines appear,                                                        
  1695.                  then multiple messages will be  returned,  one for each                                                        
  1696.                  prog line.  Results  are sorted by FTP  site address in                                                        
  1697.                  prog                                                                                                           
  1698.                  lexical order.  If pattern contains spaces,  it must be                                                        
  1699.                  quoted with single (') or double (") quotes. The search                                                        
  1700.                  is case insensitive.                                                                                           
  1701.                                                                                                                                 
  1702.        compress(*)                                                                                                              
  1703.                  causes the  result of  the current  request to  be com-                                                        
  1704.                  pressed and uuencoded.  When you receive the reply, you                                                        
  1705.                  should run it through uudecode.  This will produce a .Z                                                        
  1706.                  file.  You can then run uncompress on this file and get                                                        
  1707.                  the result of your request                                                                                     
  1708.                                                                                                                                 
  1709.        set compress(+)  compress-method                                                                                         
  1710.                  specifies the compression method (none or compress)  to                                                        
  1711.                  be  used  before  mailing the  result  of  the  current                                                        
  1712.                  request. The default is none.                                                                                  
  1713.                                                                                                                                 
  1714.        set encode(+)  encode-method                                                                                             
  1715.                  specifies the encoding method (none or uuencode)  to be                                                        
  1716.                  used before mailing the result  of the current request.                                                        
  1717.                  This variable is  ignored if compress is  not set.  The                                                        
  1718.                  default is none.                                                                                               
  1719.                                                                                                                                 
  1720.                     Note:  set compress compress and set encode uuencode                                                        
  1721.                  would produce  the same result  as the  former compress                                                        
  1722.                  command.                                                                                                       
  1723.                                                                                                                                 
  1724.        quit      nothing past this point is  interpreted.  Useful when a                                                        
  1725.                  signature is automatically appended at  the end of your                                                        
  1726.                  mail messages.                                                                                                 
  1727.                                                                                                                                 
  1728.        Description of pattern                                                                                                   
  1729.                                                                                                                                 
  1730.        A pattern describes a character string including characters which                                                        
  1731.        take a special meaning.  The special  meaning is lost when "\" is                                                        
  1732.        put before the character. The special characters are:                                                                    
  1733.                                                                                                                                 
  1734.        .         (period)    this   is  the   wildcard   character  that                                                        
  1735.                  replaces any other character, eg, "...." will match any                                                        
  1736.                  4 character string.                                                                                            
  1737.                                                                                                                                 
  1738.        <circ>    (caret)  if  "<circ>"  appears at the beginning  of the                                                        
  1739.                  pattern,  then the searched string  must start with the                                                        
  1740.                  substring following the "<circ>". If it occurs anywhere                                                        
  1741.                  else in the pattern it is regarded as non-special, eg:                                                         
  1742.                                                                                                                                 
  1743.                       "<circ>efghi" will match "efghi" or "efghijlk" but                                                        
  1744.                       not "abcefghi"                                                                                            
  1745.                                                                                                                                 
  1746.        $         (dollar) if "$" appears at the end of the pattern, then                                                        
  1747.                  the searched string must end with the substring preced-                                                        
  1748.                  ing the "$". If occurring anywhere else in the pattern,                                                        
  1749.                  it is regarded as non-special, eg:                                                                             
  1750.                                                                                                                                 
  1751.                       "efghi$" will match "efghi" or "abcdefghi" but not                                                        
  1752.                       "efghijkl"                                                                                                
  1753.                                                                                                                                 
  1754.                                                                                                                                 
  1755.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  1756.                                                                                                                                 
  1757.        If you are using an archie client, and enter the command:                                                                
  1758.                                                                                                                                 
  1759.             archie -s eudora                                                                                                    
  1760.                                                                                                                                 
  1761.        or if you send,  by e-mail or  during a Telnet session,  the com-                                                        
  1762.        mand:                                                                                                                    
  1763.                                                                                                                                 
  1764.             prog eudora                                                                                                         
  1765.                                                                                                                                 
  1766.        or                                                                                                                       
  1767.                                                                                                                                 
  1768.             find eudora                                                                                                         
  1769.                                                                                                                                 
  1770.        then archie will send you the following results:                                                                         
  1771.                                                                                                                                 
  1772.        Host ftp.ascii.co.jp    (133.152.1.1)                                                                                    
  1773.        Last updated 03:38  8 Aug 1993                                                                                           
  1774.                                                                                                                                 
  1775.         Location: /pub/MAC                                                                                                      
  1776.           DIRECTORY  drwxrwxr-x 2048 bytes 00:00  6 May 1992  eudora                                                            
  1777.                                                                                                                                 
  1778.        Host ftp.ascii.co.jp    (133.152.1.1)                                                                                    
  1779.        Last updated 03:38  8 Aug 1993                                                                                           
  1780.                                                                                                                                 
  1781.         Location: /pub/MAC/eudora                                                                                               
  1782.           FILE  -r--r--r-- 281139 bytes 00:00 21 Oct 1991  eudo-                                                                
  1783.        ra1.2.2.sit.hqx                                                                                                          
  1784.                                                                                                                                 
  1785.        Host ftp.ci.ua.pt    (192.80.21.201)                                                                                     
  1786.        Last updated 04:53  9 Aug 1993                                                                                           
  1787.                                                                                                                                 
  1788.         Location: /pub/NetNews/comp.binaries.mac                                                                                
  1789.           FILE  -rw-r--r-- 438 bytes 12:04 10 Jul 1993  Eudora1.3.readme                                                        
  1790.                                                                                                                                 
  1791.        Host ftp.ci.ua.pt    (192.80.21.201)                                                                                     
  1792.        Last updated 04:53  9 Aug 1993                                                                                           
  1793.                                                                                                                                 
  1794.         Location: /pub/NetNews/comp.binaries.mac                                                                                
  1795.           FILE  -rw-r--r-- 278912 bytes 12:04 10 Jul 1993  Eudo-                                                                
  1796.        ra1.3.sit.bin                                                                                                            
  1797.                                                                                                                                 
  1798.        etc.                                                                                                                     
  1799.                                                                                                                                 
  1800.        If you send the command list \.de$  by e-mail or in a Telnet ses-                                                        
  1801.        sion, then you will get the following results:                                                                           
  1802.                                                                                                                                 
  1803.        alice.fmi.uni-passau.de          132.231.1.180  12:31  8 Aug 1993                                                        
  1804.        askhp.ask.uni-karlsruhe.de       129.13.200.33  12:25  8 Aug 1993                                                        
  1805.        athene.uni-paderborn.de           131.234.2.32  15:21  6 Aug 1993                                                        
  1806.        bseis.eis.cs.tu-bs.de             134.169.33.1  00:18 31 Jul 1993                                                        
  1807.        clio.rz.uni-duesseldorf.de        134.99.128.3  12:10  8 Aug 1993                                                        
  1808.        cns.wtza-berlin.de                141.16.244.4  16:08 31 Jul 1993                                                        
  1809.                                                                                                                                 
  1810.        etc.                                                                                                                     
  1811.                                                                                                                                 
  1812.        If you send the command whatis compression by e-mail or in a Tel-                                                        
  1813.        net session, then you will get the following results:                                                                    
  1814.                                                                                                                                 
  1815.        RFC 468      Braden, R.T. FTP data compression 1973 March 8; 5p.                                                         
  1816.        arc          PC compression program                                                                                      
  1817.        deltac       Image compression using delta modulation                                                                    
  1818.        spl          Splay tree compression routines                                                                             
  1819.        squeeze      A file compression program                                                                                  
  1820.        uncrunch     Uncompression program                                                                                       
  1821.        unsqueeze    Uncompression programs                                                                                      
  1822.                                                                                                                                 
  1823.                                                                                                                                 
  1824.        Learning more about ARCHIE                                                                                               
  1825.                                                                                                                                 
  1826.        However you communicate with the  archie server,  on-line help is                                                        
  1827.        available.                                                                                                               
  1828.                                                                                                                                 
  1829.        If you  have any  questions about  archie,  write  to the  Archie                                                        
  1830.        Group, Bunyip Information Systems Inc. at info@bunyip.com.                                                               
  1831.                                                                                                                                 
  1832.        Bug reports,  comments,  suggestions,  etc.   should be mailed to                                                        
  1833.        archie-group@bunyip.com.  In addition, the database administrator                                                        
  1834.        at   a   particular   archie   server   can   be   contacted   at                                                        
  1835.        archie-admin@address.of.archie.server,                        eg:                                                        
  1836.        archie-admin@archie.ac.il.                                                                                               
  1837.                                                                                                                                 
  1838.        Mailing list: archie-people@bunyip.com                                                                                   
  1839.        To subscribe send a mail to: archie-people-request@bunyip.com                                                            
  1840.                                                                                                                                 
  1841.        Archie was developed by Alan Emtage, Peter Deutsch, and Bill Hee-                                                        
  1842.        lan from  the McGill University  Computing Center,   Canada.  Now                                                        
  1843.        archie is supported by Bunyip Information System Inc., Canada.                                                           
  1844.                                                                                                                                 
  1845.                                                                                                                                 
  1846.                                                                                                                                 
  1847.                                                                                                                                 
  1848.                                     Part 4                                                                                      
  1849.                                                                                                                                 
  1850.                          FINDING PEOPLE AND COMPUTERS                                                                           
  1851.                                                                                                                                 
  1852.                                                                                                                                 
  1853.                                                                                                                                 
  1854.                                      WHOIS                                                                                      
  1855.                                                                                                                                 
  1856.                                                                                                                                 
  1857.                                                                                                                                 
  1858.        What is WHOIS                                                                                                            
  1859.                                                                                                                                 
  1860.        WHOIS provides directory service to  network users.  This service                                                        
  1861.        is a way of finding e-mail addresses,  postal addresses and tele-                                                        
  1862.        phone numbers.   It may also  deliver information about networks,                                                        
  1863.        networking organizations, domains and sites.                                                                             
  1864.                                                                                                                                 
  1865.        The  main database  of  networking-related names  (organizations,                                                        
  1866.        sites, networks, people, etc.) is maintained by the Internet Reg-                                                        
  1867.        istration Service (InterNIC). Actually, the names of the adminis-                                                        
  1868.        trative and technical  contacts for registered domains  are auto-                                                        
  1869.        matically  entered into  the database  when domain  or IP  number                                                        
  1870.        applications are processed by  the Internet coordination authori-                                                        
  1871.        ty.   Each entry of the database has a handle (a unique identifi-                                                        
  1872.        er), a name, a record type, and various other fields depending on                                                        
  1873.        the type of record.   This database will be used as an example in                                                        
  1874.        the descriptions below.                                                                                                  
  1875.                                                                                                                                 
  1876.        Before April 1, 1993, the Network Information Center (NIC) of the                                                        
  1877.        Defense Data Network (DDN) was the Internet coordination authori-                                                        
  1878.        ty and,   therefore,  maintained the  database (known as  the NIC                                                        
  1879.        database).  The  NIC database  is now  restricted to  information                                                        
  1880.        about the .mil domain. Many documents still refer to these names.                                                        
  1881.                                                                                                                                 
  1882.        Many academic sites maintain their own database to offer informa-                                                        
  1883.        tion about their staff members and students.                                                                             
  1884.                                                                                                                                 
  1885.        In its current implementation,  WHOIS  has some limitations which                                                        
  1886.        prevent it  from becoming  an efficient  directory service  for a                                                        
  1887.        large volume of  information and numerous requests:   the various                                                        
  1888.        WHOIS servers  have no  knowledge of each  other,  a  database is                                                        
  1889.        maintained at each server site, and, finally, new functionalities                                                        
  1890.        have been implemented locally at  various sites and not propagat-                                                        
  1891.        ed.  A  new extended protocol,   WHOIS++,  is being  specified to                                                        
  1892.        improve the current service.  WHOIS++ will include local enhance-                                                        
  1893.        ments to  the WHOIS  service,  an improved  query syntax  and its                                                        
  1894.        architecture will allow a real  distributed directory service for                                                        
  1895.        the entire Internet.                                                                                                     
  1896.                                                                                                                                 
  1897.        This new protocol  for directory services will  be made available                                                        
  1898.        shortly.                                                                                                                 
  1899.                                                                                                                                 
  1900.                                                                                                                                 
  1901.        Who can use WHOIS                                                                                                        
  1902.                                                                                                                                 
  1903.        WHOIS is available  to users on the  international TCP/IP network                                                        
  1904.        (the Internet).                                                                                                          
  1905.                                                                                                                                 
  1906.        A WHOIS server is accessible across  the network from a user pro-                                                        
  1907.        gram running on local machines or  via an interactive Telnet ses-                                                        
  1908.        sion to the site which hosts the server.                                                                                 
  1909.                                                                                                                                 
  1910.        In addition,  the InterNIC offers an electronic mail interface to                                                        
  1911.        the database it maintains,  allowing users not on the Internet or                                                        
  1912.        users with electronic mail only to access this information.  This                                                        
  1913.        type of access is described below in the  Using WHOIS section.                                                           
  1914.                                                                                                                                 
  1915.        In general,  WHOIS servers should only be used for isolated quer-                                                        
  1916.        ies about specific information.  Typically,  it is not acceptable                                                        
  1917.        to make an extended series of queries to obtain large sections of                                                        
  1918.        the directory.   Such a strategy is unfair both because of exces-                                                        
  1919.        sive consumption of server resources,   and because the directory                                                        
  1920.        information belongs  to individuals.  In  particular,  extracting                                                        
  1921.        lists of people for commercial purposes is strictly prohibited.                                                          
  1922.                                                                                                                                 
  1923.                                                                                                                                 
  1924.        How to get to WHOIS                                                                                                      
  1925.                                                                                                                                 
  1926.        There are many  WHOIS servers  throughout the network  and a com-                                                        
  1927.        prehensive list   would be  too long   to  be included   here.  A                                                        
  1928.        WHOIS server  offers information about  the organization to which                                                        
  1929.        it belongs:   it doesn't  share a   common directory   with other                                                        
  1930.        WHOIS servers  and doesn't  know either where to find information                                                        
  1931.        about other institutions.                                                                                                
  1932.                                                                                                                                 
  1933.                                                                                                                                 
  1934.        Using WHOIS                                                                                                              
  1935.                                                                                                                                 
  1936.        WHOIS  has become  the  familiar name  of  the  user program  for                                                        
  1937.        accessing a  WHOIS database,   although NICNAME  is the  original                                                        
  1938.        name.                                                                                                                    
  1939.                                                                                                                                 
  1940.        In the following, angle brackets (<>) indicate an optional param-                                                        
  1941.        eter.                                                                                                                    
  1942.                                                                                                                                 
  1943.                                                                                                                                 
  1944.        Using a local client:                                                                                                    
  1945.                                                                                                                                 
  1946.        Unix computers have a native whois command. On non-Unix machines,                                                        
  1947.        ask your  system administrator  whether your  computer has  it or                                                        
  1948.        not. This command searches the database on the specified site for                                                        
  1949.        entry which contains identifier. The format is:                                                                          
  1950.                                                                                                                                 
  1951.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1952.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1953.        |  whois     <-h site-name> identifier                          |                                                        
  1954.        |                                                               |                                                        
  1955.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  1956.                                                                                                                                 
  1957.        where:                                                                                                                   
  1958.                                                                                                                                 
  1959.        site-name is the domain address of the site which hosts the data-                                                        
  1960.                  base you  want to query (eg,   whois.internic.net).  On                                                        
  1961.                  some installations,  the default value  is still set to                                                        
  1962.                  the old NIC database site (nic.ddn.mil).                                                                       
  1963.                                                                                                                                 
  1964.        identifier                                                                                                               
  1965.                  is a name (person, host, domain or network), an IP num-                                                        
  1966.                  ber or a handle.                                                                                               
  1967.                                                                                                                                 
  1968.        Special  characters may  be  used in  identifier  to specify  the                                                        
  1969.        search:                                                                                                                  
  1970.                                                                                                                                 
  1971.        .         before identifier will cause a name-only search.                                                               
  1972.                                                                                                                                 
  1973.        !         before identifier will cause a handle-only search.                                                             
  1974.                                                                                                                                 
  1975.        ... or .  after identifier  will cause a partial  search:  every-                                                        
  1976.                  thing starting with identifier will match.                                                                     
  1977.                                                                                                                                 
  1978.        @         in  identifier  will  cause  a  search  on  the  e-mail                                                        
  1979.                  addresses.                                                                                                     
  1980.                                                                                                                                 
  1981.        *         before  identifier will  return  the entire  membership                                                        
  1982.                  list of the entry that  matches identifier (eg,  a site                                                        
  1983.                  and its registered users).                                                                                     
  1984.                                                                                                                                 
  1985.        %         before identifier will return  only the membership list                                                        
  1986.                  of the entry  that matches identifier (eg,   the regis-                                                        
  1987.                  tered users of a site).                                                                                        
  1988.                                                                                                                                 
  1989.        The special characters may be used together.                                                                             
  1990.                                                                                                                                 
  1991.        The results are displayed in one of 2 ways:                                                                              
  1992.                                                                                                                                 
  1993.        *   a full detailed display for a single match,                                                                          
  1994.        *   a list of summary lines for multiple matches.                                                                        
  1995.                                                                                                                                 
  1996.        In both cases, the handle is shown in parentheses after the name.                                                        
  1997.                                                                                                                                 
  1998.                                                                                                                                 
  1999.        Using Telnet:                                                                                                            
  2000.                                                                                                                                 
  2001.        To access  the InterNIC  database interactively,   telnet to  the                                                        
  2002.        InterNIC site (whois.internic.net). No login is required.                                                                
  2003.                                                                                                                                 
  2004.        Other WHOIS databases may have a  Telnet access and offer most of                                                        
  2005.        the functions  below (eg,  whois.ripe.net  which hosts  the WHOIS                                                        
  2006.        database of the European IP Networks).                                                                                   
  2007.                                                                                                                                 
  2008.        In the following,  CAPITAL  letters indicate acceptable abbrevia-                                                        
  2009.        tion; angle brackets (<>) indicate an optional parameter.                                                                
  2010.                                                                                                                                 
  2011.        WHOIS        invokes the information retrieval program.                                                                  
  2012.                                                                                                                                 
  2013.        ?            displays a short on-line help.                                                                              
  2014.        ?                                                                                                                        
  2015.                                                                                                                                 
  2016.        HElp         accesses the full on-line help.                                                                             
  2017.                                                                                                                                 
  2018.        Q, QUIT, RETURN key                                                                                                      
  2019.                     exits WHOIS                                                                                                 
  2020.                                                                                                                                 
  2021.        <keyword> identifier                                                                                                     
  2022.                     searches the  database for  an entry  which contains                                                        
  2023.                     identifier.   The  default action is  to do  a broad                                                        
  2024.                     search, looking for matches in many fields:  handle,                                                        
  2025.                     name, nicknames, hostname, IP number, etc, and find-                                                        
  2026.                     ing all record types.  keyword may be used to narrow                                                        
  2027.                     the search to a specific record type.                                                                       
  2028.                                                                                                                                 
  2029.        keyword may be one of:                                                                                                   
  2030.                                                                                                                                 
  2031.        PErson       limits the search to persons.                                                                               
  2032.                                                                                                                                 
  2033.        DOmain       limits the search to domains (eg, DO EARN.NET).                                                             
  2034.                                                                                                                                 
  2035.        HOst         limits the search to hosts (eg, HO PRINCETON).                                                              
  2036.                                                                                                                                 
  2037.        NEtwork      limits the search to networks (eg, NE EBONE).                                                               
  2038.                                                                                                                                 
  2039.        Organization limits the search to organizations (eg, O CREN).                                                            
  2040.                                                                                                                                 
  2041.        NAme         same as leading '.' in identifier.                                                                          
  2042.                                                                                                                                 
  2043.        HAndle       same as '!' in identifier.                                                                                  
  2044.                                                                                                                                 
  2045.        PArtial      same as trailing '.' in identifier.                                                                         
  2046.                                                                                                                                 
  2047.        Mailbox      same as '@' in identifier.                                                                                  
  2048.                                                                                                                                 
  2049.        EXPand       same as '*' in identifier.                                                                                  
  2050.                                                                                                                                 
  2051.        SUBdisplay   same as '%' in identifier.                                                                                  
  2052.                                                                                                                                 
  2053.        Full or '='  shows detailed display for each match.                                                                      
  2054.                                                                                                                                 
  2055.        SUMmary or '$'                                                                                                           
  2056.                     shows summary always, even if just one match.                                                               
  2057.                                                                                                                                 
  2058.        Special  characters may  be  used in  identifier  to specify  the                                                        
  2059.        search:                                                                                                                  
  2060.                                                                                                                                 
  2061.        .            before identifier will cause a name-only search.                                                            
  2062.                                                                                                                                 
  2063.        !            before identifier will cause a handle-only search.                                                          
  2064.                                                                                                                                 
  2065.        ... or .     after  identifier  will  cause  a   partial  search:                                                        
  2066.                     everything starting with identifier will match.                                                             
  2067.                                                                                                                                 
  2068.        @            in  identifier will  cause a  search  on the  e-mail                                                        
  2069.                     addresses.                                                                                                  
  2070.                                                                                                                                 
  2071.        *            before identifier will return  the entire membership                                                        
  2072.                     list of the entry that match identifier (eg,  a site                                                        
  2073.                     and its registered users).                                                                                  
  2074.                                                                                                                                 
  2075.        %            before identifier  will return  only the  membership                                                        
  2076.                     list of the entry that  matches identifier (eg,  the                                                        
  2077.                     registered users of a site).                                                                                
  2078.                                                                                                                                 
  2079.        ~            before identifier will return the entry that matches                                                        
  2080.                     identifier only, no membership list.                                                                        
  2081.                                                                                                                                 
  2082.        The special characters may be used  together.   Except if Full or                                                        
  2083.        SUMmary  are  specified,  the results are  displayed in one  of 2                                                        
  2084.        ways:                                                                                                                    
  2085.                                                                                                                                 
  2086.        *   a full detailed display for a single match,                                                                          
  2087.        *   a list of summary lines for multiple matches.                                                                        
  2088.                                                                                                                                 
  2089.        In all cases, the handle is shown in parenthesis after the name.                                                         
  2090.                                                                                                                                 
  2091.        Using electronic mail:                                                                                                   
  2092.                                                                                                                                 
  2093.        Users limited to  electronic mail connectivity can  send requests                                                        
  2094.        to the  database maintained  at the InterNIC  by sending  mail to                                                        
  2095.        mailserv@internic.net.   The  commands are  sent in  the Subject:                                                        
  2096.        field.  The body part  of the mail is ignored except  if the Sub-                                                        
  2097.        ject:   line  is empty.   In that  case,  only the first  line is                                                        
  2098.        interpreted.                                                                                                             
  2099.                                                                                                                                 
  2100.        This electronic mail interface  recognizes all commands described                                                        
  2101.        in Using Telnet. Requests should be prefixed with the word WHOIS.                                                        
  2102.        Requests are processed automatically once a day.                                                                         
  2103.                                                                                                                                 
  2104.                                                                                                                                 
  2105.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  2106.                                                                                                                                 
  2107.        If you are using a local client, and enter the command:                                                                  
  2108.                                                                                                                                 
  2109.             whois \!EARN...       (remark: "\" is an escape character)                                                          
  2110.                                                                                                                                 
  2111.        or if you send by e-mail the command:                                                                                    
  2112.                                                                                                                                 
  2113.             whois !EARN...                                                                                                      
  2114.                                                                                                                                 
  2115.        then you will get the following results:                                                                                 
  2116.                                                                                                                                 
  2117.             EARN (EARN-HST)   SEINE.EARN.NET                193.52.216.1                                                        
  2118.             European Academic Research Network (EARN-DOM)       EARN.NET                                                        
  2119.                                                                                                                                 
  2120.        To obtain detailed information on the second item,  enter or send                                                        
  2121.        the command:                                                                                                             
  2122.                                                                                                                                 
  2123.             whois EARN-DOM                                                                                                      
  2124.                                                                                                                                 
  2125.        then you will get the following result:                                                                                  
  2126.                                                                                                                                 
  2127.             European Academic Research Network (EARN-DOM)                                                                       
  2128.                EARN Office                                                                                                      
  2129.                CIRCE BP 167                                                                                                     
  2130.                91403 ORSAY CEDEX, France                                                                                        
  2131.                                                                                                                                 
  2132.                Domain Name: EARN.NET                                                                                            
  2133.                                                                                                                                 
  2134.                Administrative Contact:                                                                                          
  2135.                   Bovio, Daniele  (DB355)  hi@FRORS12.CIRCE.FR                                                                  
  2136.                   +33 1 6982 3973                                                                                               
  2137.                Technical Contact, Zone Contact:                                                                                 
  2138.                   Grange, Nadine  (NG4)  grange@FRORS12.CIRCE.FR                                                                
  2139.                   +33 1 69823973 (FAX) +33 1 69285273                                                                           
  2140.                                                                                                                                 
  2141.                Record last updated on 19-Aug-93.                                                                                
  2142.                                                                                                                                 
  2143.                Domain servers in listed order:                                                                                  
  2144.                                                                                                                                 
  2145.                SEINE.EARN.NET   193.52.216.1                                                                                    
  2146.                LUMIERE.CIRCE.FR      130.84.8.14                                                                                
  2147.                                                                                                                                 
  2148.        For a partial search, enter:                                                                                             
  2149.                                                                                                                                 
  2150.             whois hi@f...                                                                                                       
  2151.                                                                                                                                 
  2152.        then you will get the following result:                                                                                  
  2153.                                                                                                                                 
  2154.             Bovio, Daniele (DB355)  hi@FRORS12.CIRCE.FR                                                                         
  2155.                EARN                                                                                                             
  2156.                EARN Office                                                                                                      
  2157.                CIRCE BP 167                                                                                                     
  2158.                91403 ORSAY CEDEX, France                                                                                        
  2159.                                                                                                                                 
  2160.                +33 1 6982 3973                                                                                                  
  2161.                                                                                                                                 
  2162.                Record last updated on 23-Oct-92.                                                                                
  2163.                                                                                                                                 
  2164.                                                                                                                                 
  2165.        Learning more about WHOIS                                                                                                
  2166.                                                                                                                                 
  2167.        The WHOIS service  is documented in an Internet  Request For Com-                                                        
  2168.        ments (RFC 1400).                                                                                                        
  2169.                                                                                                                                 
  2170.        If   you    have   any   questions    about   WHOIS    write   to                                                        
  2171.        action@internic.net.                                                                                                     
  2172.                                                                                                                                 
  2173.        Bug reports,  comments,  suggestions,  etc.   should be mailed to                                                        
  2174.        action@internic.net.                                                                                                     
  2175.                                                                                                                                 
  2176.                                                                                                                                 
  2177.                                                                                                                                 
  2178.                                                                                                                                 
  2179.                                      X.500                                                                                      
  2180.                                                                                                                                 
  2181.        What is X.500                                                                                                            
  2182.                                                                                                                                 
  2183.        X.500 is an OSI (Open System Information)  based directory servi-                                                        
  2184.        ces protocol designed  by the CCITT (International  Telegraph and                                                        
  2185.        Telephone Consultative Committee).                                                                                       
  2186.                                                                                                                                 
  2187.        X.500 provides  distributed directory services to  network users.                                                        
  2188.        The X.500  directory specifies a  model for  connecting directory                                                        
  2189.        services to form one distributed global directory. Each directory                                                        
  2190.        service holds  a part  of the global  database and  the directory                                                        
  2191.        information is  made available via  a server (called  a Directory                                                        
  2192.        System Agent - DSA). The database is maintained locally. From the                                                        
  2193.        user point of view,  the entire  directory is accessible from the                                                        
  2194.        local server.                                                                                                            
  2195.                                                                                                                                 
  2196.        While most of the information available  today via X.500 is about                                                        
  2197.        people and organizations,   the design of the  X.500 directory is                                                        
  2198.        also suitable  for storing information  about other  entities (or                                                        
  2199.        objects),  such as network  resources,  applications or hardware.                                                        
  2200.        Several projects are underway which utilise these directory capa-                                                        
  2201.        bilities (eg, the Internet RFCs (Request For Comments) are listed                                                        
  2202.        in the global directory).                                                                                                
  2203.                                                                                                                                 
  2204.        Each item  (entry)  in the  X.500 directory describes  one object                                                        
  2205.        (eg,  a person,  a network resource,  an organization)  and has a                                                        
  2206.        Distinguished Name - DN (a unique  identifier).  It consists of a                                                        
  2207.        collection  of attributes  (eg,  last  name,  organization  name,                                                        
  2208.        e-mail,...- for  a person).   The information  held in  the X.500                                                        
  2209.        directory (or Directory Information Base - DIB) is arranged hier-                                                        
  2210.        archically. This organization is called the Directory Information                                                        
  2211.        Tree (DIT).  At the top-level is the root entry (the World), then                                                        
  2212.        the country level, then the organization level, and,  eventually,                                                        
  2213.        the people, the resources, etc., at the bottom-level of the hier-                                                        
  2214.        archy.                                                                                                                   
  2215.                                                                                                                                 
  2216.                                                                                                                                 
  2217.        Who can use X.500                                                                                                        
  2218.                                                                                                                                 
  2219.        Although X.500 is part of the OSI standard definition, OSI access                                                        
  2220.        is not necessary to use the directory services. Many X.500 servi-                                                        
  2221.        ces are available on the Internet. In addition, users on any net-                                                        
  2222.        work can access the X.500 directory  by electronic mail.  See the                                                        
  2223.        section Using X.500 below for details.                                                                                   
  2224.                                                                                                                                 
  2225.                                                                                                                                 
  2226.        How to get to X.500                                                                                                      
  2227.                                                                                                                                 
  2228.        There are three  ways to access the X.500 services:   via a local                                                        
  2229.        client, interactive session (Telnet or X.25 access) or electronic                                                        
  2230.        mail.  Each type of access is  described below in the Using X.500                                                        
  2231.        section.                                                                                                                 
  2232.                                                                                                                                 
  2233.        In addition,  other network tools  (eg,  WWW and Gopher)  provide                                                        
  2234.        access to X.500 directory services through gateways.                                                                     
  2235.                                                                                                                                 
  2236.        Accessing a  remote client is an  easy way to start  querying the                                                        
  2237.        X.500 directory.   Some sites allow  public access via  Telnet or                                                        
  2238.        X.25 to a client. Public access user interfaces are available at:                                                        
  2239.                                                                                                                                 
  2240.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2241.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2242.        |  Telnet (login)               Public X.25 (login)  Country    |                                                        
  2243.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2244.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2245.        |  jethro.ucc.su.oz.au (fred)                        Australia  |                                                        
  2246.        |  elem4.vub.ac.be (dua)        222100611            Belgium    |                                                        
  2247.        |  login.dkuug.dk (ds)                               Denmark    |                                                        
  2248.        |  nic.funet.fi (dua)                                Finland    |                                                        
  2249.        |                               20800603053201       France     |                                                        
  2250.        |                    (login: dua, password: ucom.x)  France     |                                                        
  2251.        |                               26245050230303       Germany    |                                                        
  2252.        |  ashe.cs.tcd.ie (de)                               Ireland    |                                                        
  2253.        |  jolly.nis.garr.it (de or fred) 22225010083212     Italy      |                                                        
  2254.        |  zoek.nic.surfnet.nl (zoek)                        Netherlands|                                                        
  2255.        |  elc1.mat.torun.edu.pl (de or dish)                Poland     |                                                        
  2256.        |  chico.rediris.es (directorio)  2142160234013      Spain      |                                                        
  2257.        |  hypatia.umdc.umu.se (de)      240374810306        Sweden     |                                                        
  2258.        |  nic.switch.ch (dua)           22847971014540      Switzerland|                                                        
  2259.        |  paradise.ulcc.ac.uk (dua)     23421920014853      Paradise   |                                                        
  2260.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2261.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2262.                                                                                                                                 
  2263.        Paradise is a  European project to encourage the use  of X.500 in                                                        
  2264.        European countries.                                                                                                      
  2265.                                                                                                                                 
  2266.        To connect to one of these sites, select an access method (Telnet                                                        
  2267.        or X.25)  and at the login:  prompt type the specified login,  if                                                        
  2268.        required.                                                                                                                
  2269.                                                                                                                                 
  2270.                                                                                                                                 
  2271.        Using X.500                                                                                                              
  2272.                                                                                                                                 
  2273.        X.500 supports data management functions (addition,  modification                                                        
  2274.        and deletion of entries)  and  powerful lookup capabilities.  The                                                        
  2275.        use of X.500 is primarily for its lookup capabilities, ie, query-                                                        
  2276.        ing a database for information on a person (postal address, tele-                                                        
  2277.        phone number, e-mail address, etc.). The basic fields for search-                                                        
  2278.        ing are the person's name,  the name of the person's organization                                                        
  2279.        (and department within the organization) and the country.                                                                
  2280.                                                                                                                                 
  2281.        In the following, angle brackets (<>) indicate an optional param-                                                        
  2282.        eter; a vertical (|) indicates a choice of parameters.                                                                   
  2283.                                                                                                                                 
  2284.        Using a local client:                                                                                                    
  2285.                                                                                                                                 
  2286.        In the  X.500 world,  a local  client is called a  Directory User                                                        
  2287.        Agent (DUA)  Public domain and  commercial DUAs are available for                                                        
  2288.        numerous platforms ranging from mainframes to personal computers.                                                        
  2289.        For a comprehensive list of DUAs,  their description and where to                                                        
  2290.        find them,  consult the Internet document RFC 1292 - A Catalog of                                                        
  2291.        Available X.500 Implementations.                                                                                         
  2292.                                                                                                                                 
  2293.        Available DUAs range  from simple line commands  to sophisticated                                                        
  2294.        graphical user interfaces which require a pointing device.                                                               
  2295.                                                                                                                                 
  2296.        Using Telnet or X.25:                                                                                                    
  2297.                                                                                                                                 
  2298.        3 categories of user interfaces might  be available at the remote                                                        
  2299.        site:                                                                                                                    
  2300.                                                                                                                                 
  2301.        *   line-oriented: de, dish, fred                                                                                        
  2302.        *   menu-driven: sd (formerly known as widget)                                                                           
  2303.        *   X-Windows-based: Xdi, Xlookup (or xlu), pod                                                                          
  2304.                                                                                                                                 
  2305.        Capabilities of these DUAs range  from basic search facilities to                                                        
  2306.        full X.500 functionality.                                                                                                
  2307.                                                                                                                                 
  2308.        de (directory enquiries) is recommended for novice users since it                                                        
  2309.        is a very simple user-interface. It has been designed to run as a                                                        
  2310.        public access DUA and is accessible from any kind of terminal. It                                                        
  2311.        supports the basic X.500 functions: read, search, list.  The Sim-                                                        
  2312.        ple query mode is suitable for those  who are new to querying the                                                        
  2313.        X.500 directory.                                                                                                         
  2314.                                                                                                                                 
  2315.        de        invokes the X.500 interrogation user-interface.                                                                
  2316.                                                                                                                                 
  2317.        q         exits de.                                                                                                      
  2318.                                                                                                                                 
  2319.        ?<topic>  displays the  on-line help  on the  specified topic  or                                                        
  2320.                  general help.                                                                                                  
  2321.                                                                                                                                 
  2322.        <circ>C   (Ctrl-C) is the interrupt character. It aborts a search                                                        
  2323.                  in progress or resets the current query specification.                                                         
  2324.                                                                                                                                 
  2325.        *         (asterisk)   will list  all  entries  of the  specified                                                        
  2326.                  field.   It is  also  the  wildcard character  and  can                                                        
  2327.                  replace any other character in  a name.  It can appears                                                        
  2328.                  anywhere in the name,  eg:    smit* or *smit* are valid                                                        
  2329.                  string formats.                                                                                                
  2330.                                                                                                                                 
  2331.        -         resets the default value to a blank string.                                                                    
  2332.                                                                                                                                 
  2333.        When de is invoked,  the user is requested to fill in 4 fields to                                                        
  2334.        specify a request.   In all fields,  the value  from the previous                                                        
  2335.        request is the default value.  Press the RETURN key to accept it,                                                        
  2336.        or enter a new value. All searches are case insensitive.                                                                 
  2337.                                                                                                                                 
  2338.        The four fields to be filled in are:                                                                                     
  2339.                                                                                                                                 
  2340.        Person's name                                                                                                            
  2341.                  Wildcard characters may  be used anywhere in  the name.                                                        
  2342.                  All matching names will be listed. Typing only "*" will                                                        
  2343.                  match all people of the specified department or organi-                                                        
  2344.                  sation.   If this field is blank, the search will be on                                                        
  2345.                  department or organization only.                                                                               
  2346.                                                                                                                                 
  2347.        Department name                                                                                                          
  2348.                  the  name (or  an acronym)   of the  department in  the                                                        
  2349.                  organization where the person  works.  Wildcard charac-                                                        
  2350.                  ters may be used anywhere in the name.  Typing only "*"                                                        
  2351.                  will match  all departments.  If  no person's  name has                                                        
  2352.                  been entered,  details on the department are displayed,                                                        
  2353.                  otherwise,  the search is carried out with the selected                                                        
  2354.                  name.  If no department name is given,  all departments                                                        
  2355.                  will be searched.  This field could be omitted in small                                                        
  2356.                  organizations.                                                                                                 
  2357.                                                                                                                                 
  2358.        Organization name                                                                                                        
  2359.                  the name (or an acronym)  of the organization where the                                                        
  2360.                  person works.  Wildcard characters may be used anywhere                                                        
  2361.                  in the name.  Typing only  "*" will match all organiza-                                                        
  2362.                  tions.  If no person's name or department name has been                                                        
  2363.                  entered,  details  on the  organization are  displayed,                                                        
  2364.                  otherwise,  the search is carried out with the selected                                                        
  2365.                  name.                                                                                                          
  2366.                                                                                                                                 
  2367.        Country name                                                                                                             
  2368.                  the name of the country where the person works.  Typing                                                        
  2369.                  "*" will list all countries.  The country name could be                                                        
  2370.                  the 2-letter country code (eg,  DK stands for Denmark),                                                        
  2371.                  the name or a part of it without wildcards (eg,  nether                                                        
  2372.                  instead of The Netherlands).                                                                                   
  2373.                                                                                                                                 
  2374.        If a large number of matching entries are found,  they are listed                                                        
  2375.        so that the user can select one entry to get further details.                                                            
  2376.                                                                                                                                 
  2377.        Using electronic mail:                                                                                                   
  2378.                                                                                                                                 
  2379.        The Norwegian networking organization (UNINETT)  offers an e-mail                                                        
  2380.        interface to X.500.  To use it, send a mail message to:  Directo-                                                        
  2381.                                                                 Directo                                                         
  2382.        ry@UNINETT.NO  with the word find in the Subject: field. The body                                                        
  2383.        part contains the search request, one per message.                                                                       
  2384.                                                                                                                                 
  2385.        The format of the search request is:                                                                                     
  2386.                                                                                                                                 
  2387.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2388.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2389.        |  find      <person-name>  <: org-name  <;  country-name>>  |  |                                                        
  2390.        |            <; country-name>                                   |                                                        
  2391.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2392.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2393.                                                                                                                                 
  2394.        If org-name and country-name are omitted,  the sender's organiza-                                                        
  2395.        tion name and country name are  used as default values.  The mail                                                        
  2396.        interface guesses these values from the From: field of your mail,                                                        
  2397.        so the results can be surprising  if your address ends with .bit-                                                        
  2398.        net!                                                                                                                     
  2399.                                                                                                                                 
  2400.        "*" (asterisk) is the wildcard character and can replace any oth-                                                        
  2401.        er characters in any name. It can appear anywhere in the name.                                                           
  2402.                                                                                                                                 
  2403.        The result  of the  query is sent  back in  a mail  message.  The                                                        
  2404.        search is case insensitive.                                                                                              
  2405.                                                                                                                                 
  2406.           Note:   To avoid overloading the directory service,  users are                                                        
  2407.        not allowed to search for a person without selecting an organisa-                                                        
  2408.        tion.   To receive a help file,  send  the word help instead of a                                                        
  2409.        find command.                                                                                                            
  2410.                                                                                                                                 
  2411.                                                                                                                                 
  2412.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  2413.                                                                                                                                 
  2414.        Using de,  you  can search for the Anthropoloy  department of the                                                        
  2415.        University College of London in United Kingdom,  with the follow-                                                        
  2416.        ing request:                                                                                                             
  2417.                                                                                                                                 
  2418.             Person's name, q to quit, * to browse, ? for help                                                                   
  2419.             :-                                                                                                                  
  2420.             Department name, * to browse, ? for help                                                                            
  2421.             :- a*                                                                                                               
  2422.             Organisation name, * to browse, ? for help                                                                          
  2423.             :- ucl                                                                                                              
  2424.             Country name, * to browse, ? for help                                                                               
  2425.             :- uk                                                                                                               
  2426.                                                                                                                                 
  2427.        A few entries match the selected  department,  all are listed for                                                        
  2428.        further selection:                                                                                                       
  2429.                                                                                                                                 
  2430.             United Kingdom                                                                                                      
  2431.               University College London                                                                                         
  2432.                                                                                                                                 
  2433.             Got the following matches.  Please select one from the list                                                         
  2434.             by typing the number corresponding to the entry you want.                                                           
  2435.                                                                                                                                 
  2436.             United Kingdom                                                                                                      
  2437.               University College London                                                                                         
  2438.                   1 A.U.T. Office                                                                                               
  2439.                   2 American Institute for Foreign Study                                                                        
  2440.                   3 Anatomy and Developmental Biology                                                                           
  2441.                   4 Anthropology                                                                                                
  2442.                   5 Audio Visual Centre                                                                                         
  2443.             Department name, * to browse, ? for help                                                                            
  2444.             :- 4                                                                                                                
  2445.             United Kingdom                                                                                                      
  2446.               University College London                                                                                         
  2447.                 Anthropology                                                                                                    
  2448.                     Telephone Number      +44 71-387-7050 x2455                                                                 
  2449.                     fax                   +44 71 380 7728                                                                       
  2450.                                                                                                                                 
  2451.        If you are  looking for Erik Lawaetz from UNI-C  in Denmark,  you                                                        
  2452.        can enter the following request (default  values come from a pre-                                                        
  2453.        vious request):                                                                                                          
  2454.                                                                                                                                 
  2455.             Person's name, q to quit, * to browse, ? for help                                                                   
  2456.             :- law*                                                                                                             
  2457.             Department name, * to browse, <CR> to search all depts, ?                                                           
  2458.             for help                                                                                                            
  2459.             :-                                                                                                                  
  2460.             Organisation name, * to browse, ? for help                                                                          
  2461.             :- uni-c                                                                                                            
  2462.             Country name, * to browse, ? for help                                                                               
  2463.             :- dk                                                                                                               
  2464.                                                                                                                                 
  2465.        One entry matches the selected criteria, details are displayed:                                                          
  2466.                                                                                                                                 
  2467.             Denmark                                                                                                             
  2468.               UNI-C                                                                                                             
  2469.                   Erik Lawaetz                                                                                                  
  2470.                     postalAddress         UNI-C                                                                                 
  2471.                                           DTH                                                                                   
  2472.                                           Bygning 305                                                                           
  2473.                                           DK-2800 Lyngby                                                                        
  2474.                     Telephone Number      +45 45 93 83 55                                                                       
  2475.                                           +45 42 88 39 99 x2018                                                                 
  2476.                     fax                   +45 45 93 02 20                                                                       
  2477.                     electronic mail       Erik.Lawaetz@uni-c.dk                                                                 
  2478.                                                                                                                                 
  2479.        If you send mail to   Directory@UNINETT.NO   with the request:                                                           
  2480.                                                                                                                                 
  2481.             find geir ped* : *oslo ; no                                                                                         
  2482.                                                                                                                                 
  2483.        you'll get the following result:                                                                                         
  2484.                                                                                                                                 
  2485.                                                                                                                                 
  2486.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  2487.                                                                                                                                 
  2488.        This message is in response to your request to the directory to                                                          
  2489.        find                                                                                                                     
  2490.                                                                                                                                 
  2491.                                 geir ped* : *oslo ; no                                                                          
  2492.                                                                                                                                 
  2493.        This is  interpreted as a  request to find  a person with  a name                                                        
  2494.        matching  "geir  ped*"  in  an organisation  with  name  matching                                                        
  2495.        "*oslo" in a country with a name matching "no".                                                                          
  2496.                                                                                                                                 
  2497.        There   were   8  organisations   with   a   name  matching   the                                                        
  2498.        organizational  name you  specified.  Within those  organisations                                                        
  2499.        there were 7  persons that had a name matching  the personal name                                                        
  2500.        you specified.  Directory information for the  located persons is                                                        
  2501.        shown below.                                                                                                             
  2502.                                                                                                                                 
  2503.        Geir Pedersen : Universitetet i Oslo ; Norway                                                                            
  2504.                                                                                                                                 
  2505.          Alternate        Geir Kenneth Pedersen                                                                                 
  2506.          Alternate        Geir K. Pedersen                                                                                      
  2507.          E-Mail (RFC)     Geir.Pedersen@usit.uio.no                                                                             
  2508.          E-Mail (X.400)   /G=geir/S=pedersen/OU=usit/O=uio/PRMD=uninett/                                                        
  2509.                           ADMD= /C=no/                                                                                          
  2510.          Postal Address   Postboks 1059 - Blindern                                                                              
  2511.                           0316 Oslo 3                                                                                           
  2512.                           NORWAY                                                                                                
  2513.          Phone            +47-22-852478                                                                                         
  2514.          Phone            +47-22-852470 (front-office)                                                                          
  2515.          Fax-phone        +47-22-852730                                                                                         
  2516.          Description      Project leader for UNINETTs X.500 projects                                                            
  2517.          User ID          geirp                                                                                                 
  2518.          Favorite Drink   Farris                                                                                                
  2519.          Street Address   Gaustadalleen 23                                                                                      
  2520.          Home Address     Gaustadveien 17A                                                                                      
  2521.                           0372 Oslo 3                                                                                           
  2522.                           NORWAY                                                                                                
  2523.          See also         Geir Pedersen : UNINETT ; Norway                                                                      
  2524.          Entry updated    Tue Jun 15 11:51:31 1993                                                                              
  2525.                                                                                                                                 
  2526.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  2527.                                                                                                                                 
  2528.                                                                                                                                 
  2529.        and 6 other entries.                                                                                                     
  2530.                                                                                                                                 
  2531.                                                                                                                                 
  2532.        Learning more about X.500                                                                                                
  2533.                                                                                                                                 
  2534.        Several Internet RFC documents deal with X.500:                                                                          
  2535.                                                                                                                                 
  2536.        RFC 1292  A Catalog of Available X.500 Implementations.                                                                  
  2537.                                                                                                                                 
  2538.        RFC 1308  Executive Introduction to Directory  Services Using the                                                        
  2539.                  X.500 Protocol,                                                                                                
  2540.                                                                                                                                 
  2541.        RFC 1309  Technical  Overview  of Directory  Services  Using  the                                                        
  2542.                  X.500 Protocol,                                                                                                
  2543.                                                                                                                                 
  2544.        The official source  of information on X.500 is  the X.500 recom-                                                        
  2545.        mendation published by the CCITT (Blue Book, Volume VIII - Fasci-                                                        
  2546.        cle VIII.8,  Data Communication  Networks Directory,  Recommenda-                                                        
  2547.        tions  X.500-X.521,  CCITT,   1988,   ISBN 92-61-03731-3).   This                                                        
  2548.        document is also available electronically:   send the command GET                                                        
  2549.        ITU-5233  to itudoc@itu.ch.   This is not intended for the casual                                                        
  2550.        user!                                                                                                                    
  2551.                                                                                                                                 
  2552.                                                                                                                                 
  2553.                                                                                                                                 
  2554.                                                                                                                                 
  2555.                                     NETFIND                                                                                     
  2556.                                                                                                                                 
  2557.        What is NETFIND                                                                                                          
  2558.                                                                                                                                 
  2559.        NETFIND is an Internet user directory tool.  It provides a simple                                                        
  2560.        Internet white pages directory facility.                                                                                 
  2561.                                                                                                                                 
  2562.        Given the name of  a person on the Internet and  a rough descrip-                                                        
  2563.        tion of where the person works,  Netfind attempts to locate tele-                                                        
  2564.        phone and  electronic mailbox information  about the  person.  It                                                        
  2565.        does so using  a seed database of  domains and hosts in  the net-                                                        
  2566.        work.                                                                                                                    
  2567.                                                                                                                                 
  2568.        Netfind finds information about people  through the Internet pro-                                                        
  2569.        tocols SMTP and finger.  If the person  being sought is at a site                                                        
  2570.        that is not directly connected to the Internet (e.g., the site is                                                        
  2571.        connected  only  through  a mail  forwarding  gateway),   Netfind                                                        
  2572.        informs the user that the person can not be found.                                                                       
  2573.                                                                                                                                 
  2574.        Due to the dynamic nature of Netfind's search procedures and var-                                                        
  2575.        iations  in  Internet  availability,  different  results  can  be                                                        
  2576.        obtained for the same search on different occasions.                                                                     
  2577.                                                                                                                                 
  2578.        The Netfind  software can only run  on Suns running SunOS  4.0 or                                                        
  2579.        more recent.                                                                                                             
  2580.                                                                                                                                 
  2581.                                                                                                                                 
  2582.        Who can use NETFIND                                                                                                      
  2583.                                                                                                                                 
  2584.        You must be on the international TCP/IP network (the Internet) in                                                        
  2585.        order to use Netfind. Moreover, Netfind can only find information                                                        
  2586.        on users who are on the Internet.                                                                                        
  2587.                                                                                                                                 
  2588.        There is no e-mail access to Netfind.                                                                                    
  2589.                                                                                                                                 
  2590.                                                                                                                                 
  2591.        How to get to NETFIND                                                                                                    
  2592.                                                                                                                                 
  2593.        You  can access  Netfind  through software  at  your site  (local                                                        
  2594.        access), or you can use Telnet to access it at one of the follow-                                                        
  2595.        ing hosts (remote access):                                                                                               
  2596.                                                                                                                                 
  2597.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2598.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2599.        |  Host                   Country    Host                  Country                                                       
  2600.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2601.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2602.        |  archie.au              Australia  bruno.cs.colorado.edu USA  |                                                        
  2603.        |  dino.conicit.ve        Venezuela  ds.internic.ne        USA  |                                                        
  2604.        |  lincoln.technet.sg     Singapore  macs.ee.mcgill.ca     Canada                                                        
  2605.        |  malloco.ing.puc.cl     Chile      monolith.cc.ic.ac.uk  England                                                       
  2606.        |  mudhoney.micro.umn.edu USA        netfind.oc.com        USA  |                                                        
  2607.        |  netfind.vslib.cz       Czech Rep. nic.nm.k              Korea|                                                        
  2608.        |  nic.uakom.sk           Slovakia   redmont.cis.uab.edu   USA  |                                                        
  2609.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2610.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2611.                                                                                                                                 
  2612.                                                                                                                                 
  2613.        Using NETFIND                                                                                                            
  2614.                                                                                                                                 
  2615.        To use Netfind,   you give it the  name of a person  and keywords                                                        
  2616.        indicating where that person works.   After you specify a search,                                                        
  2617.        Netfind looks in  its seed database to find  domains matching the                                                        
  2618.        specified keywords.  If  there is more than  one matching domain,                                                        
  2619.        Netfind displays the  list of matching domains,  and  asks you to                                                        
  2620.        select up  to three to search.   If the keys you  specified match                                                        
  2621.        more than  100 domains,  Netfind will  list some of  the matching                                                        
  2622.        domains/organizations and ask you to form a more specific search.                                                        
  2623.        You can use any of the parts of an organization's name (or any of                                                        
  2624.        the components of  its domain name)  as keys  in searches.  Using                                                        
  2625.        more than one key implies the logical AND of the keys. Specifying                                                        
  2626.        too many keys may cause searches to fail.                                                                                
  2627.                                                                                                                                 
  2628.        When it  completes the search  (or when interrupted  by <circ>C),                                                        
  2629.        Netfind summarizes the search results. The summary includes prob-                                                        
  2630.        lems searching remote domains, information about the most promis-                                                        
  2631.        ing email address for the person being sought (if available), and                                                        
  2632.        information about when and where the person most recently/is cur-                                                        
  2633.        rently logged  in (if  available).  If  more than  one person  is                                                        
  2634.        located by  a search,  the  summary does not  include information                                                        
  2635.        about email  targets and most  recent/current logins  (since only                                                        
  2636.        the user can decide which person was the correct one.)                                                                   
  2637.                                                                                                                                 
  2638.        Local access:                                                                                                            
  2639.                                                                                                                                 
  2640.        The format of the Netfind command is:                                                                                    
  2641.                                                                                                                                 
  2642.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2643.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2644.        |  netfind   <options>  name-keyword  place-keywords            |                                                        
  2645.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2646.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2647.                                                                                                                                 
  2648.        where the options are:                                                                                                   
  2649.                                                                                                                                 
  2650.        -h        tells Netfind  to skip  the domain  search phase,   and                                                        
  2651.                  immediately begin  searching individual  machines found                                                        
  2652.                  in the seed database.  This  option exists for measure-                                                        
  2653.                  ment purposes. It is not of much use to casual users.                                                          
  2654.                                                                                                                                 
  2655.        -s        will disable usage of the  SMTP protocol during search-                                                        
  2656.                  es.  This option is mainly  useful for measurement pur-                                                        
  2657.                  poses.  Without this protocol, searches will begin pro-                                                        
  2658.                  ducing finger  output slightly sooner,  but  will often                                                        
  2659.                  search less  useful machines,   generate more  Internet                                                        
  2660.                  load,  and fail to find  information for users at sites                                                        
  2661.                  that do not support finger (such as many companies).                                                           
  2662.                                                                                                                                 
  2663.        -t        will report how many timeouts  occurred.  The -T option                                                        
  2664.                  will set the  timeout interval to the  specified number                                                        
  2665.                  of seconds.   It may be necessary to use this option to                                                        
  2666.                  increase the timeout value for intercontinental search-                                                        
  2667.                  es.                                                                                                            
  2668.                                                                                                                                 
  2669.        -D        sets the  maximum number of  domains that  Netfind will                                                        
  2670.                  search at once.   The default is  3.  While it may seem                                                        
  2671.                  convenient to set a high value for this number, we sug-                                                        
  2672.                  gest you do not do this.  The search will actually pro-                                                        
  2673.                  ceed faster (and  waste less Internet bandwidth)   if a                                                        
  2674.                  small number of well chosen domains are searched.                                                              
  2675.                                                                                                                                 
  2676.        -H        sets  the  maximum  number of  machines  that  will  be                                                        
  2677.                  searched by Netfind.   The default value is 50.  Again,                                                        
  2678.                  we suggest that you do not set this value higher.                                                              
  2679.                                                                                                                                 
  2680.        -m        displays  measurement   information.   If  no  filename                                                        
  2681.                  is  specified,  measurements are output to stderr.  The                                                        
  2682.                  packet count estimates are usually exaggerated, because                                                        
  2683.                  they make  pessimistic assumptions  about the  state of                                                        
  2684.                  the Domain Naming System.                                                                                      
  2685.                                                                                                                                 
  2686.        -d        allows you to turn on various classes of debugging out-                                                        
  2687.                  put (all of which are output to stderr), using a letter                                                        
  2688.                  corresponding to each one.  Debugging output is enabled                                                        
  2689.                  using the -d option with a list of letters, eg,  -dslf.                                                        
  2690.                  The following classes/letters exist:                                                                           
  2691.                                                                                                                                 
  2692.                  c:        display control  messages (check if  the pro-                                                        
  2693.                            gram has reached a specified point)                                                                  
  2694.                                                                                                                                 
  2695.                  f:        display finger related messages                                                                      
  2696.                                                                                                                                 
  2697.                  h:        list machine names found in the seed database                                                        
  2698.                                                                                                                                 
  2699.                  l:        display lock related  messages (when entering                                                        
  2700.                            monitors)                                                                                            
  2701.                                                                                                                                 
  2702.                  m:        display messages about mail protocol (SMTP)                                                          
  2703.                                                                                                                                 
  2704.                  n:        display messages about network failures                                                              
  2705.                                                                                                                                 
  2706.                  r:        display hosts matched from  the seed database                                                        
  2707.                            that were  rejected from searches  because of                                                        
  2708.                            search scope selection                                                                               
  2709.                                                                                                                                 
  2710.                  s:        display system call related messages                                                                 
  2711.                                                                                                                                 
  2712.                  t:        display thread related messages                                                                      
  2713.                                                                                                                                 
  2714.                  A:        convert the above flags to mean their comple-                                                        
  2715.                            ment (example  -dAt means  produce all  debug                                                        
  2716.                            output except that for threads).                                                                     
  2717.                                                                                                                                 
  2718.        The letters that are most likely to  be of interest to the casual                                                        
  2719.        user are f,  m,  and n.   By default,  these options are enabled.                                                        
  2720.        Specifying any of  these three flags with -d on  the command line                                                        
  2721.        will  disable them  (hence,  the  -d option  toggles the  default                                                        
  2722.        behavior of each of the flags).                                                                                          
  2723.                                                                                                                                 
  2724.        The  name keyword  specifies the  person being  sought by  first,                                                        
  2725.        last, or login name (only one name can be specified).                                                                    
  2726.                                                                                                                                 
  2727.        The place keywords describe where the person works, by either the                                                        
  2728.        name of the  institution or the city/state/country.   If you know                                                        
  2729.        the institution's domain name (e.g., cs.colorado.edu, where there                                                        
  2730.        are host names like brazil.cs.colorado.edu) you can specify it as                                                        
  2731.        keys without the dots (eg,  cs colorado edu).   The host parts of                                                        
  2732.        domain names (brazil) cannot be used as keywords.   Keys are case                                                        
  2733.        insensitive and may be specified in  any order,  although using a                                                        
  2734.        very common key (like university) first will cause internal buff-                                                        
  2735.        ers to overflow and some domains to be missed.                                                                           
  2736.                                                                                                                                 
  2737.        Using more  than one  key implies  the logical  and of  the keys.                                                        
  2738.        Specifying too many keys may cause searches to fail. If this hap-                                                        
  2739.        pens, try specifying fewer keys.                                                                                         
  2740.                                                                                                                                 
  2741.        Remote access:                                                                                                           
  2742.                                                                                                                                 
  2743.        Telnet to  one of  the remote Netfind  sites (see  How to  get to                                                        
  2744.        NETFIND, above) and log in as netfind.  No password is necessary.                                                        
  2745.        You will get the following menu:                                                                                         
  2746.                                                                                                                                 
  2747.             Top level choices:                                                                                                  
  2748.                     1. Help                                                                                                     
  2749.                     2. Search                                                                                                   
  2750.                     3. Seed database lookup                                                                                     
  2751.                     4. Options                                                                                                  
  2752.                     5. Quit (exit server)                                                                                       
  2753.                                                                                                                                 
  2754.        If you select Search, you will be given an opportunity to enter a                                                        
  2755.        name keyword and place keywords.                                                                                         
  2756.                                                                                                                                 
  2757.                                                                                                                                 
  2758.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  2759.                                                                                                                                 
  2760.        To find the address of e-mail address of Nadine Grange, who works                                                        
  2761.        at the EARN  office at CIRCE in  France,  you could try  the key-                                                        
  2762.        words:                                                                                                                   
  2763.                                                                                                                                 
  2764.             nadine circe france                                                                                                 
  2765.                                                                                                                                 
  2766.        Since there are  more than three domains that fit  the place key-                                                        
  2767.        words,  you are asked to pick a few.  The search proceeds,  using                                                        
  2768.        the domains of your choice:                                                                                              
  2769.                                                                                                                                 
  2770.                                                                                                                                 
  2771.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  2772.                                                                                                                                 
  2773.        Please select at most 3 of the following domains to search:                                                              
  2774.        0. circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique, orsay ce                                                      
  2775.        1. ciripa.circe.fr (centre inter-regional de calcul electronique, c                                                      
  2776.        2. dnet.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique, ors                                                      
  2777.        3. ibmmail.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique,                                                       
  2778.        4. obspm.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique, or                                                      
  2779.        5. oecd.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique, ors                                                      
  2780.        6. phy.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique, orsa                                                      
  2781.        7. ups.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique, orsa                                                      
  2782.        8. cth.ups.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique,                                                       
  2783.        9. lure.ups.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifique,                                                      
  2784.        10. lps.cth.ups.circe.fr (centre national de la recherche scientifi                                                      
  2785.                                                                                                                                 
  2786.        Enter selection (e.g., 2 0 1) --> 0                                                                                      
  2787.        ( 1) check_name: checking domain circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                                    
  2788.        Search of domains completed.  Proceeding to search of hosts.                                                             
  2789.        ( 3) check_name: checking host loire.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                                
  2790.        ( 4) check_name: checking host solrt.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                                
  2791.        ( 5) check_name: checking host groucho.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                              
  2792.        ( 1) check_name: checking host rsovax.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                               
  2793.        ( 2) check_name: checking host ventura.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                              
  2794.        ( 1) do_connect: Finger service not available on host rsovax.circe.     c                                                
  2795. an't                                                                                                                            
  2796.        ( 1) check_name: checking host earn-ng.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                              
  2797.        ( 4) check_name: checking host luregate.circe.fr.  Level = 0                                                             
  2798.        SYSTEM: loire.circe.fr                                                                                                   
  2799.          Login name: nadine                    In real life: Nadine Grange                                                      
  2800.          Directory: /home/nadine               Shell: /bin/csh                                                                  
  2801.          On since Sep  7 08:48:05 on ttyp0     4 days 21 hours Idle Time                                                        
  2802.          New mail received Sun Sep 12 00:00:08 1993;                                                                            
  2803.            unread since Fri Sep 10 11:53:17 1993                                                                                
  2804.          No Plan.                                                                                                               
  2805.                                                                                                                                 
  2806.          Login name: nadine                    In real life: Nadine Grange                                                      
  2807.          Directory: /home/nadine               Shell: /bin/csh                                                                  
  2808.          On since Sep  7 09:17:09 on ttyp6     1 day 12 hours Idle Time                                                         
  2809.                                                                                                                                 
  2810.        SUMMARY:                                                                                                                 
  2811.        - "nadine" is currently logged in from                                                                                   
  2812.          loire.circe.fr, since Sep  7 09:17:09.                                                                                 
  2813.        - The most promising email address for "nadine"                                                                          
  2814.          based on the above search is                                                                                           
  2815.          nadine@loire.circe.fr.                                                                                                 
  2816.                                                                                                                                 
  2817.        ----------------------------------------------------------------                                                         
  2818.                                                                                                                                 
  2819.                                                                                                                                 
  2820.        Note  that Netfind  found  only an  Internet  address  on a  Unix                                                        
  2821.        machine.                                                                                                                 
  2822.                                                                                                                                 
  2823.                                                                                                                                 
  2824.        Learning more about NETFIND                                                                                              
  2825.                                                                                                                                 
  2826.        The remote  access version of Netfind  has a large  Help section.                                                        
  2827.        There is also a set of  frequently asked questions available with                                                        
  2828.        the software release, in the Doc directory.  These questions cov-                                                        
  2829.        er Functionality, Methodology, Network and Remote Site Load, Pri-                                                        
  2830.        vacy, Future Directions, and Related Work.                                                                               
  2831.                                                                                                                                 
  2832.        A noteworthy article on Netfind is:                                                                                      
  2833.                                                                                                                                 
  2834.        Experience  with a  Semantically Cognizant  Internet White  Pages                                                        
  2835.        Experience  with a  Semantically Cognizant  Internet White  Pages                                                        
  2836.        Directory Tool, by M. F. Schwartz and P.  G.  Tsirigotis, Journal                                                        
  2837.        of  Internetworking Research  and Experience,   March 1991,   pp.                                                        
  2838.        23-50.                                                                                                                   
  2839.                                                                                                                                 
  2840.        This publication discusses the research principles,  performance,                                                        
  2841.        and scope  measurements of Netfind,   and compares it  with other                                                        
  2842.        white pages facilities.                                                                                                  
  2843.                                                                                                                                 
  2844.        There is a  mailing list for Netfind users  (for software updates                                                        
  2845.        and other discussions).  To be added  to the list,  send an email                                                        
  2846.        message  to netfind-users-request@cs.colorado.edu  with the  body                                                        
  2847.        (not subject line) subscribe netfind-users                                                                               
  2848.                                                                                                                                 
  2849.                                                                                                                                 
  2850.                                                                                                                                 
  2851.                                                                                                                                 
  2852.                                     Part 5                                                                                      
  2853.                                                                                                                                 
  2854.                                  GETTING FILES                                                                                  
  2855.                                                                                                                                 
  2856.                                                                                                                                 
  2857.                                                                                                                                 
  2858.                                     TRICKLE                                                                                     
  2859.                                                                                                                                 
  2860.                                                                                                                                 
  2861.                                                                                                                                 
  2862.        What is TRICKLE                                                                                                          
  2863.                                                                                                                                 
  2864.        TRICKLE is a service  which will send you files on  request or by                                                        
  2865.        subscription.   TRICKLE works  with various  anonymous FTP  sites                                                        
  2866.        (computers in the  Internet network that allow  public access and                                                        
  2867.        retrieval of software and files).  It  provides a  quick and easy                                                        
  2868.        alternative to FTP,  whether or not you have access to the Inter-                                                        
  2869.        net.                                                                                                                     
  2870.                                                                                                                                 
  2871.        There are several TRICKLE servers throughout the world that coop-                                                        
  2872.        erate to distribute the files efficiently.  To request files, the                                                        
  2873.        user issues commands to the nearest TRICKLE server,  which deliv-                                                        
  2874.        ers the software either from its local cache disk, from the cache                                                        
  2875.        of another  TRICKLE server,  or from  an FTP site that  holds the                                                        
  2876.        software.                                                                                                                
  2877.                                                                                                                                 
  2878.                                                                                                                                 
  2879.        Who can use TRICKLE                                                                                                      
  2880.                                                                                                                                 
  2881.        There are currently TRICKLE servers at the following addresses:                                                          
  2882.                                                                                                                                 
  2883.                                                                                                                                 
  2884.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2885.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2886.        |  Location    EARN/BITNET         Internet                     |                                                        
  2887.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2888.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2889.        |  Austria     TRICKLE@AWIWUW11    TRICKLE@awiwuw11.wu-wien.ac.at                                                        
  2890.        |  Belgium     TRICKLE@BANUFS11    TRICKLE@ccs.ufsia.ac.be      |                                                        
  2891.        |  Colombia    TRICKLE@UNALCOL     TRICKLE@unalcol.unal.edu.co  |                                                        
  2892.        |  France      TRICKLE@FRMOP11     TRICKLE@frmop11.cnusc.fr     |                                                        
  2893.        |  Germany     TRICKLE@DEARN       TRICKLE@vm.gmd.de            |                                                        
  2894.        |  Israel      TRICKLE@TAUNIVM     TRICKLE@vm.tau.ac.il         |                                                        
  2895.        |  Italy       TRICKLE@IMIPOLI     TRICKLE@imipoli.cdc.polimi.it|                                                        
  2896.        |  Netherlands TRICKLE@HEARN       TRICKLE@hearn.nic.surfnet.nl |                                                        
  2897.        |  Poland      TRICKLE@PLEARN      TRICKLE@plearn.edu.pl        |                                                        
  2898.        |  Sweden      TRICKLE@SEARN       TRICKLE@searn.sunet.se       |                                                        
  2899.        |  Turkey      TRICKLE@TREARN      TRICKLE@ege.edu.tr           |                                                        
  2900.        |  Turkey      TRICKLE@TRMETU      TRICKLE@3090.cc.metu.edu.tr  |                                                        
  2901.        |  UK          TRICKLE@UKACRL      TRICKLE@ib.rl.ac.uk          |                                                        
  2902.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2903.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2904.                                                                                                                                 
  2905.        When you send a command to  a TRICKLE server,  it either executes                                                        
  2906.        the  command or  sends  you a  message with  the  address of  the                                                        
  2907.        TRICKLE server for your area.                                                                                            
  2908.                                                                                                                                 
  2909.        The files which are available from  TRICKLE are organized in main                                                        
  2910.        directories which contain many subdirectories.  The main directo-                                                        
  2911.        ries which are currently available are:                                                                                  
  2912.                                                                                                                                 
  2913.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2914.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2915.        |  Directory   Source FTP Site               Contents           |                                                        
  2916.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2917.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2918.        |  MSDOS       simtel20.army.mil        Large MS-DOS software archive                                                    
  2919.        |  MISC        simtel20.army.mil        Software for VM, VMS, Unix                                                       
  2920.        |  SIGM        simtel20.army.mil        SIG/M CP/M archive      |                                                        
  2921.        |  PC-BLUE     simtel20.army.mil        PC-BLUE MS-DOS archive  |                                                        
  2922.        |  CPM         simtel20.army.mil        CP/M Software Archive   |                                                        
  2923.        |  ARCHIVES    simtel20.army.mil        Various discussion group archives                                                
  2924.        |  UNIX-C      simtel20.army.mil        Unix and C code software archives                                                
  2925.        |  MACINTOS    simtel20.army.mil        Apple Macintosh software archives                                                
  2926.        |  OS2         0tp-os2.nmsu.ed          Large archive of OS/2 software                                                   
  2927.        |  AMIGA       nic.funet.fi             Large Amiga collection  |                                                        
  2928.        |  KERMIT      watsun.cc.columbia.edu   Kermit network software |                                                        
  2929.        |  TEX         rusinfo.rus-uni-stuttgart.de   TeX software and fonts                                                     
  2930.        |  WUARCHIVE   wuarchive.wustl.edu      MS-DOS and others       |                                                        
  2931.        |  EXPO-MIT    export.lcs.mit.edu       Unix and others         |                                                        
  2932.        |  UUNET       ftp.uu.net               Unix and others         |                                                        
  2933.        |  SUMEX-AIM   sumex-aim.stanford.edu   Macintosh and others    |                                                        
  2934.        |  GARFIELD    garfield.catt.ncsu.edu   Multimedia (pictures and sounds)                                                 
  2935.        |  X11         export.lcs.mit.edu       X-Windows software distribution                                                  
  2936.        |  LINUX       nic.funet.fi             Linux system software distributio                                                
  2937. n                                                                                                                               
  2938.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2939.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2940.                                                                                                                                 
  2941.        Not all directories are available at all servers. If your closest                                                        
  2942.        server does not provide the directory of your choice, you can use                                                        
  2943.        any other TRICKLE for the missing directory. If your closest ser-                                                        
  2944.        ver is  temporarily unavailable,  you  can use any  other TRICKLE                                                        
  2945.        instead.                                                                                                                 
  2946.                                                                                                                                 
  2947.                                                                                                                                 
  2948.        How to get to TRICKLE                                                                                                    
  2949.                                                                                                                                 
  2950.        You send  commands to TRICKLE  by electronic mail.   The commands                                                        
  2951.        should be in the body of the mail message,  one command per line.                                                        
  2952.        Any number of  commands (up to your daily command  limit)  may be                                                        
  2953.        placed in one message.  Users on the EARN/Bitnet network may also                                                        
  2954.        send commands to TRICKLE by interactive message.                                                                         
  2955.                                                                                                                                 
  2956.                                                                                                                                 
  2957.        Using TRICKLE                                                                                                            
  2958.                                                                                                                                 
  2959.        All commands begin with a slash (/). Note that the angle brackets                                                        
  2960.        (<>)  are part of the command,   not an indication of an optional                                                        
  2961.        parameter.                                                                                                               
  2962.                                                                                                                                 
  2963.        Use the /PDDIR command to obtain directory listings.                                                                     
  2964.                                                                                                                                 
  2965.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2966.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2967.        |  /PDDIR                                                       |                                                        
  2968.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2969.        |  /PDDIR    <dirname>                                          |                                                        
  2970.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2971.        |  /PDDIR    <dirname.subdirname>pattern                        |                                                        
  2972.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2973.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2974.                                                                                                                                 
  2975.        where:                                                                                                                   
  2976.                                                                                                                                 
  2977.        dirname   is the name of a main directory,                                                                               
  2978.                                                                                                                                 
  2979.        subdirname                                                                                                               
  2980.                  is the name of a subdirectory,                                                                                 
  2981.                                                                                                                                 
  2982.        pattern   is part of a filename.                                                                                         
  2983.                                                                                                                                 
  2984.        Use /PDDIR  without any parameters to  get a listing of  the main                                                        
  2985.        directories.  With PDDIR <dirname> you will  get a listing of the                                                        
  2986.        subdirectories under that directory. If you specify both directo-                                                        
  2987.        ry and subdirectory, it will list the files that are available in                                                        
  2988.        that subdirectory.  With pattern,  you will get a listing of only                                                        
  2989.        those files that match or begin with that pattern.  Wildcards "?"                                                        
  2990.        and "*"  may be imbedded into subdirname and pattern ("?" matches                                                        
  2991.        any single character; "*" matches any number of characters).                                                             
  2992.                                                                                                                                 
  2993.        Use the /PDGET command to get files.                                                                                     
  2994.                                                                                                                                 
  2995.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  2996.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2997.        |  /PDGET    <dirname.subdirname>filename ( delivery-option     |                                                        
  2998.        |                                                               |                                                        
  2999.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3000.                                                                                                                                 
  3001.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3002.                                                                                                                                 
  3003.        dirname   is the name of a main directory,                                                                               
  3004.                                                                                                                                 
  3005.        subdirname                                                                                                               
  3006.                  is the name of a subdirectory,                                                                                 
  3007.                                                                                                                                 
  3008.        filename  is the name of a file.                                                                                         
  3009.                                                                                                                                 
  3010.        delivery-option                                                                                                          
  3011.                  specifies the  format to which  the file(s)   should be                                                        
  3012.                  translated before being sent to you.  The possible val-                                                        
  3013.                  ues are:                                                                                                       
  3014.                                                                                                                                 
  3015.                       EBC80  UUE  XXE  HEX  BTOA                                                                                
  3016.                                                                                                                                 
  3017.                  The option  EBC80 should be used  to get text  files if                                                        
  3018.                  you work on an IBM mainframe system.  The other options                                                        
  3019.                  are formats for  translating binary files so  that they                                                        
  3020.                  can be sent via electronic mail.   You will need a pro-                                                        
  3021.                  gram to translate  the file back to  its original form.                                                        
  3022.                  The default for  EARN/Bitnet users is to  send the file                                                        
  3023.                  as-is. The default for others is UUE.                                                                          
  3024.                                                                                                                                 
  3025.        Wildcards "?" and "*"  may be  imbedded into subdirname and file-                                                        
  3026.        name ("?" matches any single character; "*" matches any number of                                                        
  3027.        characters) to get several files.                                                                                        
  3028.                                                                                                                                 
  3029.        The /SUB command is used to  subscribe to directories or to indi-                                                        
  3030.        vidual files.                                                                                                            
  3031.                                                                                                                                 
  3032.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3033.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3034.        |  /SUB      <dirname>                                          |                                                        
  3035.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3036.        |  /SUB      <dirname.subdirname>pattern                        |                                                        
  3037.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3038.        |  /SUB      QUERY                                              |                                                        
  3039.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3040.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3041.                                                                                                                                 
  3042.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3043.                                                                                                                                 
  3044.        dirname   is the name of a main directory,                                                                               
  3045.                                                                                                                                 
  3046.        subdirname                                                                                                               
  3047.                  is the name of a subdirectory,                                                                                 
  3048.                                                                                                                                 
  3049.        pattern   is part of a filename.                                                                                         
  3050.                                                                                                                                 
  3051.        If you subscribe to a directory,  you will get a summary of added                                                        
  3052.        files about once a week, depending on how active the FTP site is.                                                        
  3053.        This listing shows the names, sizes and dates of each file added.                                                        
  3054.        If you subscribe to files,  as soon as TRICKLE is informed that a                                                        
  3055.        new version of the file has been  stored at its FTP site,  a copy                                                        
  3056.        of the file will be sent to you.                                                                                         
  3057.                                                                                                                                 
  3058.        Note that since  filenames usually reflect the  version number of                                                        
  3059.        the file,  it is a good idea to omit the number when specifying a                                                        
  3060.        pattern. For example, it is better to send the command:                                                                  
  3061.                                                                                                                                 
  3062.             /SUB <MSDOS.VIRUS>SCANV                                                                                             
  3063.                                                                                                                                 
  3064.        rather than                                                                                                              
  3065.                                                                                                                                 
  3066.             /SUB <MSDOS.VIRUS>SCANV106                                                                                          
  3067.                                                                                                                                 
  3068.        since,  as new  versions of the file are stored,   the name might                                                        
  3069.        change to SCANV107, SCANV108, etc.                                                                                       
  3070.                                                                                                                                 
  3071.        Wildcards are not allowed with the /SUB command.                                                                         
  3072.                                                                                                                                 
  3073.        The /SUB QUERY command allows you to  get a list of the files you                                                        
  3074.        are subscribed to.                                                                                                       
  3075.                                                                                                                                 
  3076.        The /UNSUB command may be used to cancel a subscription.                                                                 
  3077.                                                                                                                                 
  3078.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3079.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3080.        |  /UNSUB    <dirname>                                          |                                                        
  3081.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3082.        |  /UNSUB    <dirname.subdirname>pattern                        |                                                        
  3083.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3084.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3085.                                                                                                                                 
  3086.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3087.                                                                                                                                 
  3088.        dirname   is the name of a main directory,                                                                               
  3089.                                                                                                                                 
  3090.        subdirname                                                                                                               
  3091.                  is the name of a subdirectory,                                                                                 
  3092.                                                                                                                                 
  3093.        pattern   is part of a filename.                                                                                         
  3094.                                                                                                                                 
  3095.        The command /UNSUB * may be  used to terminate all your directory                                                        
  3096.        and file subscriptions.                                                                                                  
  3097.                                                                                                                                 
  3098.                                                                                                                                 
  3099.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  3100.                                                                                                                                 
  3101.        For a listing of the files  in the VIRUS subdirectory of SIMTEL20                                                        
  3102.        (the MSDOS directory), send the command:                                                                                 
  3103.                                                                                                                                 
  3104.             /PDDIR <MSDOS.VIRUS>                                                                                                
  3105.                                                                                                                                 
  3106.        To get the file 00-INDEX.TXT from <MSDOS.VIRUS> in EBCDIC format,                                                        
  3107.        send the command:                                                                                                        
  3108.                                                                                                                                 
  3109.             /PDGET <MSDOS.VIRUS>00-INDEX.TXT ( EBC80                                                                            
  3110.                                                                                                                                 
  3111.        If you are not  sure of the exact name of the  file,  you can use                                                        
  3112.        wildcards:                                                                                                               
  3113.                                                                                                                                 
  3114.             /PDGET <MSDOS.VIR*>*INDEX* ( EBC80                                                                                  
  3115.                                                                                                                                 
  3116.        To subscribe to automatically get new versions of the SCANV soft-                                                        
  3117.        ware from <MSDOS.VIRUS>, send the command:                                                                               
  3118.                                                                                                                                 
  3119.             /SUB <MSDOS.VIRUS>SCANV                                                                                             
  3120.                                                                                                                                 
  3121.        To unsubscribe from all files in the VIRUS subdirectory, send the                                                        
  3122.        command:                                                                                                                 
  3123.                                                                                                                                 
  3124.             /UNSUB <MSDOS.VIRUS>*                                                                                               
  3125.                                                                                                                                 
  3126.                                                                                                                                 
  3127.        Learning more about TRICKLE                                                                                              
  3128.                                                                                                                                 
  3129.        The /HELP command may  be sent to any TRICKLE server  to obtain a                                                        
  3130.        very detailed help file from the server.                                                                                 
  3131.                                                                                                                                 
  3132.        A brief guide to TRICKLE is available from the EARN documentation                                                        
  3133.        filelist.  Send mail to LISTSERV@EARNCC.BITNET.    In the body of                                                        
  3134.        the message, write:                                                                                                      
  3135.                                                                                                                                 
  3136.        GET TRICKLE MEMO                                                                                                         
  3137.                                                                                                                                 
  3138.                                                                                                                                 
  3139.                                                                                                                                 
  3140.                                                                                                                                 
  3141.                                     BITFTP                                                                                      
  3142.                                                                                                                                 
  3143.                                                                                                                                 
  3144.                                                                                                                                 
  3145.        What is BITFTP                                                                                                           
  3146.                                                                                                                                 
  3147.        BITFTP, BITNET FTP Server, allows users of EARN, Bitnet and asso-                                                        
  3148.        ciated networks to access FTP sites on the Internet.                                                                     
  3149.                                                                                                                                 
  3150.        The BITFTP server provides a mail interface between a user on the                                                        
  3151.        EARN/Bitnet network to FTP sites on the Internet.  BITFTP handles                                                        
  3152.        this task by  passing the commands specified in  the mail message                                                        
  3153.        from the user to  another server  that actually makes the connec-                                                        
  3154.        tion to the FTP sites.  When  the server finishes the interaction                                                        
  3155.        with the FTP site, or fails due to an error,  a transcript of the                                                        
  3156.        result  is sent  back  to the  user,  as  well  as the  requested                                                        
  3157.        file(s), if any.                                                                                                         
  3158.                                                                                                                                 
  3159.        The format of  the files sent to  the user can be  defined within                                                        
  3160.        the mail message.  BITFTP can deliver  files in netdata and uuen-                                                        
  3161.        code formats.                                                                                                            
  3162.                                                                                                                                 
  3163.                                                                                                                                 
  3164.        Who can use BITFTP                                                                                                       
  3165.                                                                                                                                 
  3166.        BITFTP is currently available only to  users on EARN,  Bitnet and                                                        
  3167.        other regional  NJE networks.  BITFTP  does not  support multiple                                                        
  3168.        file request  via the  mget command nor  does it  support sending                                                        
  3169.        files to FTP sites (the put command).                                                                                    
  3170.                                                                                                                                 
  3171.                                                                                                                                 
  3172.        How to get to BITFTP                                                                                                     
  3173.                                                                                                                                 
  3174.        There are BITFTP servers currently running at:                                                                           
  3175.                                                                                                                                 
  3176.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3177.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3178.        |  BITFTP@DEARN.BITNET        Germany                           |                                                        
  3179.        |  BITFTP@PUCC.BITNET         USA                               |                                                        
  3180.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3181.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3182.                                                                                                                                 
  3183.        Users on the  EARN/Bitnet international network only  may use the                                                        
  3184.        US server.    Only users from EARN  member countries may  use the                                                        
  3185.        server in Germany.  Servers at other locations are planned.                                                              
  3186.                                                                                                                                 
  3187.        BITFTP accepts requests via electronic  mail,  including IBM NOTE                                                        
  3188.        and PROFS-format messages, as well as by NJE file transfer.                                                              
  3189.                                                                                                                                 
  3190.                                                                                                                                 
  3191.        Using BITFTP                                                                                                             
  3192.                                                                                                                                 
  3193.        BITFTP implements a large subset of the FTP commands of the IBM's                                                        
  3194.        TCP/IP for VM, using the same syntax. This software is documented                                                        
  3195.        in the IBM manual TCP/IP for VM User's Guide.   In the following,                                                        
  3196.        angle brackets (<>) indicate an optional parameter.                                                                      
  3197.                                                                                                                                 
  3198.        Use the  ftp command to specify  which host to connect  to.  This                                                        
  3199.        command must be the first command in your mail file. You can also                                                        
  3200.        specify the  file format that you  wish BITFTP to use  to deliver                                                        
  3201.        files to you.                                                                                                            
  3202.                                                                                                                                 
  3203.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3204.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3205.        |  ftp       hostname <fileformat>                              |                                                        
  3206.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3207.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3208.                                                                                                                                 
  3209.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3210.                                                                                                                                 
  3211.        hostname  is either the IP address or the domain name of the host                                                        
  3212.                  to connect to,                                                                                                 
  3213.                                                                                                                                 
  3214.        fileformat                                                                                                               
  3215.                  is the format  in which BITFTP should  deliver files to                                                        
  3216.                  you. It can be either netdata or uuencode.                                                                     
  3217.                                                                                                                                 
  3218.        Use the  user command   to tell  the host  the username   and the                                                        
  3219.        password to be  used for the FTP connection.   Note  that on many                                                        
  3220.        FTP sites, both username and password are case-sensitive.                                                                
  3221.                                                                                                                                 
  3222.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3223.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3224.        |  user      username password                                  |                                                        
  3225.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3226.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3227.                                                                                                                                 
  3228.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3229.                                                                                                                                 
  3230.        username  is the user-id to use for the FTP connection,                                                                  
  3231.                                                                                                                                 
  3232.        password  is the password for the username you specified.  It can                                                        
  3233.                  be omitted if you specified anonymous for the userid.                                                          
  3234.                                                                                                                                 
  3235.        Use the  cd command to select  a particular directory  as current                                                        
  3236.        directory.                                                                                                               
  3237.                                                                                                                                 
  3238.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3239.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3240.        |  cd        directory-name                                     |                                                        
  3241.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3242.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3243.                                                                                                                                 
  3244.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3245.                                                                                                                                 
  3246.        directory-name                                                                                                           
  3247.                    is the name of the directory to be selected.                                                                 
  3248.                                                                                                                                 
  3249.        Use the dir  command to display a  list of the files  in the cur-                                                        
  3250.        rent, or specified, directory.  The file names,  and depending on                                                        
  3251.        the site,  the file size,  file  creation date and other informa-                                                        
  3252.        tion will be listed.                                                                                                     
  3253.                                                                                                                                 
  3254.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3255.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3256.        |  dir       <pattern>                                          |                                                        
  3257.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3258.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3259.                                                                                                                                 
  3260.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3261.                                                                                                                                 
  3262.        pattern   is a  pattern that defines  which file names  should be                                                        
  3263.                  displayed. Many FTP sites are case-sensitive, thus care                                                        
  3264.                  must be used with the pattern.  The pattern may contain                                                        
  3265.                  any number  of characters,  and the  wildcard character                                                        
  3266.                  "*" (asterisk) may be used to represent any characters.                                                        
  3267.                                                                                                                                 
  3268.        The ls command  is similar to the dir command,   except that with                                                        
  3269.        most FTP sites, it only displays the filenames, without any other                                                        
  3270.        information. The pattern specification is identical to dir.                                                              
  3271.                                                                                                                                 
  3272.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3273.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3274.        |  ls        <pattern>                                          |                                                        
  3275.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3276.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3277.                                                                                                                                 
  3278.        Use the get command to obtain a file from the current host.                                                              
  3279.                                                                                                                                 
  3280.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3281.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3282.        |  get       foreignname <localname>                            |                                                        
  3283.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3284.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3285.                                                                                                                                 
  3286.        where:                                                                                                                   
  3287.                                                                                                                                 
  3288.        foreignname                                                                                                              
  3289.                  is the filename of the file, as stored at the FTP site.                                                        
  3290.                  With  many sites,   the case  of the  filename must  be                                                        
  3291.                  respected.                                                                                                     
  3292.                                                                                                                                 
  3293.        localname is an optional local filename.  If you specify a local-                                                        
  3294.                  name,  it must be in the form:  filename.filetype where                                                        
  3295.                  neither part is longer than eight characters.                                                                  
  3296.                                                                                                                                 
  3297.        Use the  binary  command to set  the FTP transfer mode.   If this                                                        
  3298.        option is set  then no EBCDIC-ASCII translation  will take place.                                                        
  3299.        This should be used for non-text files.                                                                                  
  3300.                                                                                                                                 
  3301.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3302.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3303.        |  binary                                                       |                                                        
  3304.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3305.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3306.                                                                                                                                 
  3307.        Use  the quit  command  to close   the  connection to  the  host,                                                        
  3308.        and  to terminate the BITFTP session.                                                                                    
  3309.                                                                                                                                 
  3310.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3311.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3312.        |  quit                                                         |                                                        
  3313.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3314.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3315.                                                                                                                                 
  3316.                                                                                                                                 
  3317.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  3318.                                                                                                                                 
  3319.        To   get   the   file   how.to.ftp.guide   from   the   directory                                                        
  3320.        /pub/nic/network.service.guides   at  the   anonymous  FTP   site                                                        
  3321.        nic.sura.net,   and  to  get  a listing  of  the  files  in  that                                                        
  3322.        directory,  you  could send the  following commands by  e-mail to                                                        
  3323.        BITFTP:                                                                                                                  
  3324.                                                                                                                                 
  3325.             ftp nic.sura.net                                                                                                    
  3326.             user anonymous                                                                                                      
  3327.             cd pub/nic/network.service.guides                                                                                   
  3328.             get how.to.ftp.guide                                                                                                
  3329.             dir                                                                                                                 
  3330.             quit                                                                                                                
  3331.                                                                                                                                 
  3332.        In response you  will receive an e-mail  containing the following                                                        
  3333.        lines (some lines have been removed for brevity):                                                                        
  3334.                                                                                                                                 
  3335.        > ftp nic.sura.net                                                                                                       
  3336.        > user anonymous                                                                                                         
  3337.        >> OPEN NIC.SURA.NET                                                                                                     
  3338.        >> USER anonymous                                                                                                        
  3339.                                                                                                                                 
  3340.        > cd pub/nic/network.service.guides                                                                                      
  3341.        >> CD pub/nic/network.service.guides                                                                                     
  3342.                                                                                                                                 
  3343.        > get how.to.ftp.guide                                                                                                   
  3344.        >>>> "how.to.ftp.guide" sent as "HOWTO FTPGUIDE".                                                                        
  3345.                                                                                                                                 
  3346.        > dir                                                                                                                    
  3347.                                                                                                                                 
  3348.        total 60                                                                                                                 
  3349.        -rw-rw-r--  1 mtaranto 120   344 Apr 14  1992 README                                                                     
  3350.        -rw-rw-r--  1 mtaranto 120 12759 Oct 30  1992 how.to.email.guide                                                         
  3351.        -rw-rw-r--  1 mtaranto 120  6327 Mar 24 13:28 how.to.ftp.guide                                                           
  3352.        -rw-rw-r--  1 root     120  2818 Mar  4  1992 how.to.telnet.guide                                                        
  3353.        -rw-rw-r--  1 mtaranto 120  6136 Oct 30  1992 how.to.use.vi.guide                                                        
  3354.        -rw-r--r--  1 1086     120     0 Aug 18 21:23 plane.                                                                     
  3355.                                                                                                                                 
  3356.        The above directory listing is typical  of the format of Unix FTP                                                        
  3357.        sites.  There is information on file permissions and ownership as                                                        
  3358.        well as the size of the file in  bytes,  the time and date of its                                                        
  3359.        last change, and the file name.                                                                                          
  3360.                                                                                                                                 
  3361.        You could request the first two  files by once again sending mail                                                        
  3362.        to BITFTP with the following commands:                                                                                   
  3363.                                                                                                                                 
  3364.             ftp nic.sura.net                                                                                                    
  3365.             user anonymous                                                                                                      
  3366.             cd pub/nic/network.service.guides                                                                                   
  3367.             get README                                                                                                          
  3368.             get how.to.email.guide                                                                                              
  3369.             quit                                                                                                                
  3370.                                                                                                                                 
  3371.                                                                                                                                 
  3372.        Learning more about BITFTP                                                                                               
  3373.                                                                                                                                 
  3374.        A four-page instruction to the BITFTP  service can be obtained by                                                        
  3375.        sending a help  command in the body  of a mail message  to either                                                        
  3376.        BITFTP server.                                                                                                           
  3377.                                                                                                                                 
  3378.        Additional  information  on  BITFTP may  be  obtained  from  EARN                                                        
  3379.        (NETHELP@EARNCC.BITNET). More information about TCP/IP and FTP in                                                        
  3380.        general can be obtained from  a wide  variety of sources, such as                                                        
  3381.        the documents mentioned in the example above.                                                                            
  3382.                                                                                                                                 
  3383.                                                                                                                                 
  3384.                                                                                                                                 
  3385.                                                                                                                                 
  3386.                                     Part 6                                                                                      
  3387.                                                                                                                                 
  3388.                            NETWORKED INTEREST GROUPS                                                                            
  3389.                                                                                                                                 
  3390.                                                                                                                                 
  3391.                                                                                                                                 
  3392.                             LISTSERV (Version 1.7f)                                                                             
  3393.                                                                                                                                 
  3394.                                                                                                                                 
  3395.                                                                                                                                 
  3396.        What is LISTSERV                                                                                                         
  3397.                                                                                                                                 
  3398.        LISTSERV is a  distribution list management package.   It runs on                                                        
  3399.        IBM  VM/CMS  systems  in the  international  NJE  network  (EARN/                                                        
  3400.        Bitnet).  It allows groups of computer users with a common inter-                                                        
  3401.        est to communicate among themselves,   while making efficient use                                                        
  3402.        of computer and network resources. It makes it easy for even nov-                                                        
  3403.        ice users to discover,  join,   and participate in these interest                                                        
  3404.        group mailing lists.  LISTSERV also  provides facilities for log-                                                        
  3405.        ging and archiving of mail  traffic,  file server functions,  and                                                        
  3406.        database searches of archives and files.                                                                                 
  3407.                                                                                                                                 
  3408.        There are  LISTSERV lists on every  subject under the  sun,  with                                                        
  3409.        names ranging  from AARPUB-L (AAR Electronic Publication list) to                                                        
  3410.        Z3950IW (Z39.50 Implementors Workshop). LISTSERV lists are inter-                                                        
  3411.        national and eclectic.   You will find lists  in every imaginable                                                        
  3412.        field,  for every  audience,  in many different  countries and in                                                        
  3413.        many different languages. See the description of the List command                                                        
  3414.        in the section Using LISTSERV section for instructions on getting                                                        
  3415.        an up-to-date list of lists.                                                                                             
  3416.                                                                                                                                 
  3417.                                                                                                                                 
  3418.        Who can use LISTSERV                                                                                                     
  3419.                                                                                                                                 
  3420.        Anyone who can send electronic mail to an EARN/Bitnet address can                                                        
  3421.        participate in a  mailing list and access  other LISTSERV facili-                                                        
  3422.        ties,  as  long as the e-mail  format is valid (according  to the                                                        
  3423.        RFC822 standard),  and  has a usable return  address.  Every day,                                                        
  3424.        people use LISTSERV from HEPnet,  Internet,  Compuserve,  MCIMail                                                        
  3425.        and many other networks throughout the world.                                                                            
  3426.                                                                                                                                 
  3427.        If you don't know how to send electronic mail to EARN/Bitnet, ask                                                        
  3428.        your local support people for help.                                                                                      
  3429.                                                                                                                                 
  3430.                                                                                                                                 
  3431.        How to get to LISTSERV                                                                                                   
  3432.                                                                                                                                 
  3433.        To  use LISTSERV  facilities,   send  electronic mail  with  your                                                        
  3434.        LISTSERV commands to:  LISTSERV@host-id where host-id is the host                                                        
  3435.        computer's  NJE address  (for example,   TAUNIVM.BITNET)  or  its                                                        
  3436.        Internet domain name (in this case,  VM.TAU.AC.IL).  There may be                                                        
  3437.        some local variation on the format  needed to send mail to Bitnet                                                        
  3438.        or Internet addresses. Check with your local support personnel.                                                          
  3439.                                                                                                                                 
  3440.        More than one  command can be sent  to LISTSERV in the  same mail                                                        
  3441.        message.  Each command must be on a separate line.  LISTSERV will                                                        
  3442.        ignore the Subject:  line of the mail header, so ensure that your                                                        
  3443.        commands are in the body of the e-mail.                                                                                  
  3444.                                                                                                                                 
  3445.        For EARN/Bitnet users,  interactive messages  are the fastest and                                                        
  3446.        most convenient  way to send commands  to LISTSERV,  but  bear in                                                        
  3447.        mind that interactive  messages only work when  the links between                                                        
  3448.        your computer and LISTSERV are up;  if the message fails, you can                                                        
  3449.        always send your command via mail.                                                                                       
  3450.                                                                                                                                 
  3451.        To facilitate  communications with  the LISTSERV  servers on  the                                                        
  3452.        EARN/Bitnet network,  a  special LISTSERV computer node  has been                                                        
  3453.        defined.   This means that any EARN/Bitnet user can address their                                                        
  3454.        commands to the userid LISTSERV at the special node LISTSERV.                                                            
  3455.                                                                                                                                 
  3456.        All non-EARN/Bitnet users  may address their command  mail to the                                                        
  3457.        userid LISTSERV at  the special node LISTSERV.NET.   Note that if                                                        
  3458.        this node is not  yet defined on your network,  you  may also try                                                        
  3459.        LISTSERV%LISTSERV.BITNET@CUNYVM.CUNY.EDU.  For  example,  if  you                                                        
  3460.        wanted to join  the 3D-L mailing list that  discusses 3D computer                                                        
  3461.        graphics but are  not sure of the address of  the LISTSERV server                                                        
  3462.        hosting  this list.   You could  send a  subscription request  to                                                        
  3463.        either of the following addresses:                                                                                       
  3464.                                                                                                                                 
  3465.             LISTSERV@LISTSERV.NET                                                                                               
  3466.             LISTSERV@LISTSERV       (on BITNET)                                                                                 
  3467.                                                                                                                                 
  3468.        Your subscription request  will be automatically forwarded  on to                                                        
  3469.        the LISTSERV server hosting the 3D-L  mailing list (in this case,                                                        
  3470.        at the computer node ARIZVM1).                                                                                           
  3471.                                                                                                                                 
  3472.        You may also utilize the special  LISTSERV address to send e-mail                                                        
  3473.        to any  LISTSERV mailing list if  you are unsure of  its address.                                                        
  3474.        For example,  if you wanted to  send mail to the BITFTP-L mailing                                                        
  3475.        list to request a copy of the BITFTP product,  you could do so by                                                        
  3476.        addressing your e-mail to BITFTP-L@LISTSERV.NET. It will automat-                                                        
  3477.        ically be  forwarded to  the list's real  address (in  this case,                                                        
  3478.        BITFTP-L@EARNCC.BITNET)  when it reaches the LISTSERV node.  Once                                                        
  3479.        you know the real  address of a list,  it should  be used for all                                                        
  3480.        future mail sent to that list.                                                                                           
  3481.                                                                                                                                 
  3482.        There are more than 250 sites in over 30 countries throughout the                                                        
  3483.        world running LISTSERV  as part of the  world-wide network.  Here                                                        
  3484.        are a few of the LISTSERV sites:                                                                                         
  3485.                                                                                                                                 
  3486.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3487.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3488.        |  Host Computer Site                                    Country|                                                        
  3489.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3490.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3491.        |  BITNIC        BITNET Network Information Center           USA|                                                        
  3492.        |  DEARN         GMD, Bonn                               Germany|                                                        
  3493.        |  EARNCC        EARN Office, Paris                       France|                                                        
  3494.        |  HEARN         Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen    Netherlands|                                                        
  3495.        |  PUCC          Princeton University, New Jersey            USA|                                                        
  3496.        |  SEARN         Kungliga Tekniska Hoegskolan, Stockholm  Sweden|                                                        
  3497.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3498.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3499.                                                                                                                                 
  3500.                                                                                                                                 
  3501.        Using LISTSERV                                                                                                           
  3502.                                                                                                                                 
  3503.        The commands given here are available for everyone and require no                                                        
  3504.        special LISTSERV command  privileges.  Only the most  common com-                                                        
  3505.        mands  are described.   For  a  complete list  of  non-privileged                                                        
  3506.        LISTSERV commands,  retrieve  the LISTSERV User Guide  in the DOC                                                        
  3507.        FILELIST from LISTSERV@EARNCC.BITNET.                                                                                    
  3508.                                                                                                                                 
  3509.        Commands are presented  in a particular format:   CAPITAL letters                                                        
  3510.        indicate acceptable abbreviation, angle brackets (<>) indicate an                                                        
  3511.        optional parameter,  and vertical bar  (|)  indicates a choice of                                                        
  3512.        parameters.   All parameters are fully  explained in each command                                                        
  3513.        description.                                                                                                             
  3514.                                                                                                                                 
  3515.        There is a standard set of  command keywords available for use in                                                        
  3516.        some LISTSERV commands.  They may be used with any commands where                                                        
  3517.        they appear  as optional parameters  in the  command description.                                                        
  3518.        The important standard keywords are:                                                                                     
  3519.                                                                                                                                 
  3520.        PW= password                                                                                                             
  3521.                  This keyword  is used to specify  a password in  a com-                                                        
  3522.                  mand.  If you have registered  a personal password on a                                                        
  3523.                  LISTSERV server, you will then have to validate certain                                                        
  3524.                  commands by using  the PW= command keyword  in the com-                                                        
  3525.                  mand text.  This  feature is designed to  prevent impo-                                                        
  3526.                  stors  from issuing  commands while  using your  e-mail                                                        
  3527.                  address.  The use of  passwords is strongly recommended                                                        
  3528.                  for this reason. See the PW command for details on reg-                                                        
  3529.                                           PW                                                                                    
  3530.                  istering personal passwords. Once you have registered a                                                        
  3531.                  personal password  at a LISTSERV  server,  you  will be                                                        
  3532.                  obliged to include the PW=  command keyword in all com-                                                        
  3533.                  mands where it appears as an option.                                                                           
  3534.                                                                                                                                 
  3535.        F= format This keyword controls the file format (or internal file                                                        
  3536.                  structure)  in which files will be sent to you.  If you                                                        
  3537.                  are  not a  member of  the  EARN/Bitnet network,   then                                                        
  3538.                  LISTSERV will  always use  the default  file format  of                                                        
  3539.                  MAIL.   Otherwise, the default file format is dependent                                                        
  3540.                  upon the  information held  in the  BITEARN NODES  file                                                        
  3541.                  regarding your computer.   The BITEARN  NODES file is a                                                        
  3542.                  special network definition file used in the EARN/Bitnet                                                        
  3543.                  network.  Any user may ask for a file format other than                                                        
  3544.                  their default by  specifying it in the  F= command key-                                                        
  3545.                  word in  the commands  where it  appears as  an option.                                                        
  3546.                  Note that this will not permanently change your default                                                        
  3547.                  file format,   its effect  is only  for those  commands                                                        
  3548.                  where it is specified. Following is a list of file for-                                                        
  3549.                  mats that are valid for all users:                                                                             
  3550.                                                                                                                                 
  3551.                       XXE  UUe  MIME/text  MIME/Appl  MAIL                                                                      
  3552.                                                                                                                                 
  3553.                  In addition, EARN/Bitnet users may specify:                                                                    
  3554.                                                                                                                                 
  3555.                       Netdata  Card  Disk  Punch  LPunch  VMSdump                                                               
  3556.                                                                                                                                 
  3557.                  Contact your local support  personnel for more informa-                                                        
  3558.                  tion about the file formats supported on your computer.                                                        
  3559.                                                                                                                                 
  3560.        Commands for LISTS:                                                                                                      
  3561.                                                                                                                                 
  3562.        The  primary function  of LISTSERV  is to  operate mailing  lists                                                        
  3563.        (also referred to as distribution lists).  Mailing lists are used                                                        
  3564.        to distribute  the e-mail sent  to them  to a list  a recipients.                                                        
  3565.        They  provide the  means for  a group  of users  to establish  an                                                        
  3566.        e-mail forum on any topic or  area of common interest.  This ser-                                                        
  3567.        vice provides an  extremely convenient means for  the exchange of                                                        
  3568.        ideas and  information between list  members since  LISTSERV (and                                                        
  3569.        not the mail sender) manages the distribution of e-mail to all of                                                        
  3570.        its  final recipients.   Users  need only  to  remember one  list                                                        
  3571.        address to which they send their  mail in order to communicate to                                                        
  3572.        a potentially large number of users.   Due to the efficiency with                                                        
  3573.        which LISTSERV distributes e-mail to list members, discussions or                                                        
  3574.        debates with a world-wide audience may be conducted.                                                                     
  3575.                                                                                                                                 
  3576.        The following commands are designed for use with LISTSERV mailing                                                        
  3577.        lists.  With them you may do things such as finding the names and                                                        
  3578.        addresses of lists,  signing on to or off lists,  reviewing lists                                                        
  3579.        or changing your  personal options for any mailing  list to which                                                        
  3580.        you are subscribed.                                                                                                      
  3581.                                                                                                                                 
  3582.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3583.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3584.        |  SUBscribe list-name  <full-name>                             |                                                        
  3585.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3586.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3587.                                                                                                                                 
  3588.        Use the SUBscribe  command to join a mailing list.   You can also                                                        
  3589.        use this command  to alter the name (but not  e-mail address)  by                                                        
  3590.        which you  are known on a  mailing list you have  already joined.                                                        
  3591.        The list-name parameter is the name of the list to which you want                                                        
  3592.        to subscribe.  For example,  the EARN  User Group list located at                                                        
  3593.        the node IRLEARN has a list name of EARN-UG.  Do not confuse this                                                        
  3594.        with the  list's address (EARN-UG@IRLEARN)   which should  not be                                                        
  3595.        used.  The optional full-name parameter allows you to give a name                                                        
  3596.        by which you want to be known on a mailing list. If specified, it                                                        
  3597.        should be your full, real name (at least your first name and last                                                        
  3598.        name)  and not your e-mail address.   If you send this command to                                                        
  3599.        LISTSERV via command mail, the name for the full-name option will                                                        
  3600.        be taken from the name given in  the From:  mail header should it                                                        
  3601.        be omitted from the command text. If you send a SUBscribe command                                                        
  3602.        for a list to which you already belong, then LISTSERV will inter-                                                        
  3603.        pret the  command as a  request to  change your full-name  on the                                                        
  3604.        list.                                                                                                                    
  3605.                                                                                                                                 
  3606.        A request to join a mailing list  can be processed in three ways:                                                        
  3607.        subscription to a list may be OPEN, CLOSED, or BY-OWNER. If it is                                                        
  3608.        OPEN,  you will be automatically added to the list and sent noti-                                                        
  3609.        fication. If it is CLOSED, you will not be added to the list, and                                                        
  3610.        LISTSERV will  send you a message  telling you that  your request                                                        
  3611.        has been rejected.  If it is BY-OWNER,  your subscription request                                                        
  3612.        will be forwarded to the list  owner(s),  who will decide whether                                                        
  3613.        or not to add  you to the list (LISTSERV will  inform you to whom                                                        
  3614.        your request has been forwarded).  To  see what kind of subscrip-                                                        
  3615.        tion a list has, use the REView command.                                                                                 
  3616.                                                                                                                                 
  3617.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3618.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3619.        |  UNSubscribe list-name  |  *  <(NETWIDE>                      |                                                        
  3620.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3621.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3622.                                                                                                                                 
  3623.        Use the UNSubscribe  command to leave a mailing  list.  The list-                                                        
  3624.        name parameter is the name of a  mailing list from which you want                                                        
  3625.        to remove your  subscription.   You can signoff all  the lists to                                                        
  3626.        which you are  a member at any particular LISTSERV  site by using                                                        
  3627.        the "*" (asterisk) character in the place of a list name.  If you                                                        
  3628.        want your  UNSubscribe command to  be propagated to  all LISTSERV                                                        
  3629.        servers on the network,  include  the (NETWIDE option.   Use this                                                        
  3630.        option if  you are  changing your e-mail  address or  are leaving                                                        
  3631.        your computer for an extended period.                                                                                    
  3632.                                                                                                                                 
  3633.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3634.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3635.        |  List      <options>  <F= format>                             |                                                        
  3636.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3637.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3638.                                                                                                                                 
  3639.        Use the List command to get  a listing of available mailing lists                                                        
  3640.        at a  LISTSERV server.  The options  parameter may be any  of the                                                        
  3641.        following:                                                                                                               
  3642.                                                                                                                                 
  3643.        Short     This option displays a summary of all the lists managed                                                        
  3644.                  by a LISTSERV in a brief, one line description. This is                                                        
  3645.                  the default.                                                                                                   
  3646.                                                                                                                                 
  3647.        Long      The Long (or Detailed)  option will send a file (called                                                        
  3648.                  node-name LISTS)  to you  that contains a comprehensive                                                        
  3649.                  description of the lists managed by a LISTSERV server.                                                         
  3650.                                                                                                                                 
  3651.        Global <pattern>                                                                                                         
  3652.                  This option gives a complete list of all known LISTSERV                                                        
  3653.                  mailing lists at all servers at the time the command is                                                        
  3654.                  issued.  A file (called LISTSERV LISTS) will be sent to                                                        
  3655.                  you containing the names,   titles and e-mail addresses                                                        
  3656.                  of these lists. This is a very large file, so make sure                                                        
  3657.                  you have  the necessary disk  space to  accommodate its                                                        
  3658.                  size before  you use the  Global option.   The optional                                                        
  3659.                  pattern parameter  can be used  to match any  string in                                                        
  3660.                  the list name, list title or list address.                                                                     
  3661.                                                                                                                                 
  3662.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3663.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3664.        |  REView    list-name  <(>  <options>                          |                                                        
  3665.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3666.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3667.                                                                                                                                 
  3668.        Use the REView command to receive a listing of a mailing list. It                                                        
  3669.        will be sent to you as a file called list-name LIST (or list-name                                                        
  3670.        node-name for peered lists).  A mailing  list is comprised of two                                                        
  3671.        parts: a control section and a subscription section.  The control                                                        
  3672.        section holds the definition parameters for a list which includes                                                        
  3673.        information such  as who is authorized  to review or join  a list                                                        
  3674.        and whether or not it is archived. The subscription section holds                                                        
  3675.        the e-mail addresses  and names of all list  members.  The REView                                                        
  3676.        command allows  you to  receive a  listing of  either or  both of                                                        
  3677.        these sections (the default is both)  for any list,  provided you                                                        
  3678.        are authorized to do so.  Note that at the discretion of the list                                                        
  3679.        owner(s),  the  REView command can be  restricted in use  to list                                                        
  3680.        members only.  In this case, you will not be authorized to review                                                        
  3681.        a mailing  list if you  are not a  member of that  list yourself.                                                        
  3682.        Also,  individual  list members  can restrict  the appearance  of                                                        
  3683.        their e-mail address and name in  response to a REView command if                                                        
  3684.        they have set  the CONCEAL mailing list option (see  the SET com-                                                        
  3685.        mand for more  details).  The list-name parameter is  the name of                                                        
  3686.        the LISTSERV list you wish to review. The important options are:                                                         
  3687.                                                                                                                                 
  3688.        Short     This option  restricts the  information you  receive to                                                        
  3689.                  the control  section of a  list (giving  its definition                                                        
  3690.                  parameters)  and does not  return the subscription sec-                                                        
  3691.                  tion of a list (giving the list members).                                                                      
  3692.                                                                                                                                 
  3693.        Countries If you  use this option,  the  list of members  will be                                                        
  3694.                  organized  by the  nationality  given  in their  e-mail                                                        
  3695.                  addresses.                                                                                                     
  3696.                                                                                                                                 
  3697.        LOCal     If the list is peered (that  is,  it is linked to other                                                        
  3698.                  mailing  lists  of  the  same  name  but  on  different                                                        
  3699.                  LISTSERV servers),  you will receive listings of all of                                                        
  3700.                  these mailing  lists in response  to a  REView command.                                                        
  3701.                  The LOCal option  can be used to  suppress the propaga-                                                        
  3702.                  tion  of the  REView command  to  the LISTSERV  servers                                                        
  3703.                  hosting these peered mailing lists.  In this case,  you                                                        
  3704.                  will receive  a listing only  from the server  to which                                                        
  3705.                  you send the REView command and not the others.                                                                
  3706.                                                                                                                                 
  3707.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3708.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3709.        |  Query     list-name  |  *                                    |                                                        
  3710.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3711.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3712.                                                                                                                                 
  3713.        When you join  any mailing list,  you will be  assigned a default                                                        
  3714.        set of list options that control  such things as way you received                                                        
  3715.        mail when it is distributed and the type of notification LISTSERV                                                        
  3716.        will give you when  it distributes mail you have sent  to a list.                                                        
  3717.        These are  the personal list options  that may be altered  on any                                                        
  3718.        mailing list  to which you are  subscribed to suite  your circum-                                                        
  3719.        stances. See the SET command for a complete descriptions of these                                                        
  3720.        options.  The  Query command can be  used to review  the personal                                                        
  3721.        list options you  have in effect at any mailing  list.  The list-                                                        
  3722.        name parameter is the name of a list to which you are subscribed.                                                        
  3723.        If you use  an "*" (asterisk)  character instead of  a list name,                                                        
  3724.        you will receive information about  your personal options for all                                                        
  3725.        lists to which you  belong at the LISTSERV to which  you send the                                                        
  3726.        command.                                                                                                                 
  3727.                                                                                                                                 
  3728.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3729.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3730.        |  SET       list-name  |  *   options                          |                                                        
  3731.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3732.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3733.                                                                                                                                 
  3734.        Use the SET command to change your personal options for a mailing                                                        
  3735.        list.  These options will remain in effect until they are explic-                                                        
  3736.        itly changed.  The Query command can be used to display your cur-                                                        
  3737.        rent optional settings for any list  to which you are subscribed.                                                        
  3738.        The list-name parameter is the name of the mailing list for which                                                        
  3739.        you are changing your options.  You may change your options for a                                                        
  3740.        specific list or for all the lists  you belong to at a particular                                                        
  3741.        LISTSERV by using the "*" (asterisk) character in place of a list                                                        
  3742.        name.  After processing your SET command,  LISTSERV will send you                                                        
  3743.        conformation of  the successful alteration  of your  mailing list                                                        
  3744.        options via e-mail.  The important options are:                                                                          
  3745.                                                                                                                                 
  3746.        Mail | DIGests | INDex | NOMail                                                                                          
  3747.                  These options of the SET command alter the way in which                                                        
  3748.                  you receive mail from a  mailing list.  The Mail option                                                        
  3749.                  means that  you wish to  have list mail  distributed to                                                        
  3750.                  you as  mail.   This is  the default.  The  DIGests and                                                        
  3751.                  INDex  options  are available  only if  a list  has had                                                        
  3752.                  these features  enabled by its owner(s).   Digests hold                                                        
  3753.                  all the  mail messages  sent to a  list over  a certain                                                        
  3754.                  period of time. Instead of receiving each mail individ-                                                        
  3755.                  ually as it  is distributed to list  members,  you will                                                        
  3756.                  receive all the mail in one batch for a given day, week                                                        
  3757.                  or month.  You may then  browse through these mail mes-                                                        
  3758.                  sages at  your leisure.  Note  that mail is  not edited                                                        
  3759.                  with the DIGests option, you will receive copies of all                                                        
  3760.                  the mail messages in their  entirety.  The INDex option                                                        
  3761.                  will provide you  with only the date,   time,  subject,                                                        
  3762.                  number of lines  and the sender's name  and address for                                                        
  3763.                  all mail messages sent to a list.  The text of the mail                                                        
  3764.                  message will not be included.   You may then select and                                                        
  3765.                  retrieve  any mail  that interests  you  from the  list                                                        
  3766.                  archive.   Both the DIGests and INDex options provide a                                                        
  3767.                  means of listening  in to discussions on  mailing lists                                                        
  3768.                  without having to deal with  large quantities of incom-                                                        
  3769.                  ing mail messages.   The NOMail option means  that mail                                                        
  3770.                  sent to the list will not  be distributed to you.  This                                                        
  3771.                  is useful  when you  are leaving  your computer  for an                                                        
  3772.                  extended period of  time and you do not  want mail from                                                        
  3773.                  the list to fill your mailbox. When you return, you can                                                        
  3774.                  send the  SET command with  the Mail option  to restore                                                        
  3775.                  mail service.                                                                                                  
  3776.                                                                                                                                 
  3777.        SHORThdr | FULLhdr | IETFhdr | DUALhdr                                                                                   
  3778.                  All mail messages are comprised of header and body sec-                                                        
  3779.                  tions.  The header section provides details such as the                                                        
  3780.                  recipients, the original sender and the date and time a                                                        
  3781.                  mail message was sent.  The  mail body section contains                                                        
  3782.                  the text of  a mail message.  These options  of the SET                                                        
  3783.                  command indicate the  type of mail headers  you want to                                                        
  3784.                  receive in  the mail distributed  from a  mailing list.                                                        
  3785.                  SHORThdr means that  the mail header will  include only                                                        
  3786.                  the essential  informational headers (for  instance the                                                        
  3787.                  Date:,  To:,  From:,  Subject:,  Sender:  and Reply-to:                                                        
  3788.                  headers).  This is the default.  You may change this to                                                        
  3789.                  FULLhdr, which means that all (including non-essential)                                                        
  3790.                  mail headers  will be present  in e-mail.   The IETFhdr                                                        
  3791.                  option means that LISTSERV will  not change the headers                                                        
  3792.                  of a mail  message it distributes to you  other than to                                                        
  3793.                  add a Received: mail header (and also a Message-id: and                                                        
  3794.                  Sender:  headers  if either of  these were  not already                                                        
  3795.                  present). This option is designed specifically for com-                                                        
  3796.                  patibility with SMTP exploders (as used,  for instance,                                                        
  3797.                  on the Internet network). Lastly, DUALhdr is very simi-                                                        
  3798.                  lar to  the SHORThdr option  except that  LISTSERV will                                                        
  3799.                  also insert mail  headers at the beginning  of the mail                                                        
  3800.                  body.  Therefore, when the mail is received and read by                                                        
  3801.                  a recipient using this option,  it will start with this                                                        
  3802.                  information (for instance,  the first  three lines of a                                                        
  3803.                  mail message may contain the  To:,  From:  and Subject:                                                        
  3804.                  mail headers).  This option is useful for users of some                                                        
  3805.                  PC  based mail  packages  that  will not  display  this                                                        
  3806.                  information from the real mail headers.                                                                        
  3807.                                                                                                                                 
  3808.        CONCEAL | NOCONCEAL                                                                                                      
  3809.                  Indicates whether  or not you  want your name  and mail                                                        
  3810.                  address to appear in the  display of list members which                                                        
  3811.                  is given in response to  a REView command.  The default                                                        
  3812.                  is NOCONCEAL.   Note that a complete list of members is                                                        
  3813.                  always given to list owners and LISTSERV administrators                                                        
  3814.                  regardless of this option.                                                                                     
  3815.                                                                                                                                 
  3816.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3817.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3818.        |  CONFIRM   list-name                                          |                                                        
  3819.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3820.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3821.                                                                                                                                 
  3822.        Use the  CONFIRM command  to renew your  subscription to  a list.                                                        
  3823.        Some mailing lists require subscription renewal at regular inter-                                                        
  3824.        vals (usually once a year).  A mail message is automatically sent                                                        
  3825.        to list members indicating that they  must send a CONFIRM command                                                        
  3826.        within a given  number of days or  they will be removed  from the                                                        
  3827.        list. This command must be sent from the same e-mail address that                                                        
  3828.        received the confirmation notice.  The list-name parameter is the                                                        
  3829.        name of  the mailing list to  which you are confirming  your sub-                                                        
  3830.        scription.  LISTSERV will  send a message that  your subscription                                                        
  3831.        has been confirmed.                                                                                                      
  3832.                                                                                                                                 
  3833.        Commands for FILES:                                                                                                      
  3834.                                                                                                                                 
  3835.        LISTSERV also functions as a file server.  That is,  files can be                                                        
  3836.        stored at a  LISTSERV server and made available  for retrieval by                                                        
  3837.        users upon  their request.   These files  are stored  in LISTSERV                                                        
  3838.        under a hierarchical system of filelists. As the name suggests, a                                                        
  3839.        filelist is a special file that holds a list of files. Each entry                                                        
  3840.        in a  filelist describes a file  that is available  for retrieval                                                        
  3841.        and gives  details such as  the file's name  and size and  also a                                                        
  3842.        file's access code (also known as  a FAC)  which describes who is                                                        
  3843.        authorized to retrieve  it.  These files may  themselves be file-                                                        
  3844.        lists,  in which case they too will hold information about avail-                                                        
  3845.        able files  or further  filelists.  In  this way,   filelists are                                                        
  3846.        organized in a hierarchical or tree structure.                                                                           
  3847.                                                                                                                                 
  3848.        There are two basic types of  filelists on LISTSERV servers.  The                                                        
  3849.        first type holds  files that have been  specifically placed there                                                        
  3850.        by file  owners or LISTSERV  administrators.  These files  may be                                                        
  3851.        documents, maps or diagrams, or even programs. The second type of                                                        
  3852.        filelist is associated  with a LISTSERV mailing  list.  These are                                                        
  3853.        referred to  as list  filelists and retain  copies of  all e-mail                                                        
  3854.        distributed  on a  particular mailing  list.  They  consist of  a                                                        
  3855.        series of files,  each of which holds a copy of the mail messages                                                        
  3856.        distributed on  a list  over an interval  of time  (usually,  one                                                        
  3857.        month).  These  files may then be  retrieved to recover  any list                                                        
  3858.        mail distributed during a specific period.  Note that e-mail dis-                                                        
  3859.        tributed on a mailing list may also be retrieved via the database                                                        
  3860.        functions of LISTSERV.  Not all  mailing lists have an associated                                                        
  3861.        list filelist; this is enabled at a list owner's discretion.                                                             
  3862.                                                                                                                                 
  3863.        A further aspect of the file  server functions of LISTSERV is the                                                        
  3864.        concept of packages. A package consists of one or more files that                                                        
  3865.        appear in a  filelist.  These may be,  for example,   a series of                                                        
  3866.        files  that go  to  make up  a software  package.   A package  is                                                        
  3867.        declared in a LISTSERV filelist through  a file that has the spe-                                                        
  3868.        cial name of package-name $PACKAGE.  Within  it will be a list of                                                        
  3869.        all  the files  that  comprise the  package.   This  list can  be                                                        
  3870.        reviewed by sending a retrieval  request for that file.  However,                                                        
  3871.        all the  files that  comprise the package  may also  be retrieved                                                        
  3872.        through a request for the file:  package-name PACKAGE.  Note that                                                        
  3873.        in this case,  the "$" (dollar)  symbol is dropped from the name.                                                        
  3874.        The files that go to make  up the package will then automatically                                                        
  3875.        be sent  to the  requestor.  This  enables users  to retrieve  an                                                        
  3876.        entire set of files  that belong to a package with  only one com-                                                        
  3877.        mand, instead of having to retrieve each of these files individu-                                                        
  3878.        ally through a series of commands.                                                                                       
  3879.                                                                                                                                 
  3880.        The following LISTSERV  commands enable general users  to manipu-                                                        
  3881.        late files that are stored at a server. This includes commands to                                                        
  3882.        search for,  retrieve and subscribe  to files.  When sending file                                                        
  3883.        server commands to LISTSERV,  you must address them to the server                                                        
  3884.        and not  to any mailing lists.   Note that where the  PW= keyword                                                        
  3885.        appears in a command description,  this  need only be included in                                                        
  3886.        the command text  if you have defined a personal  password at the                                                        
  3887.        server to which you are sending file server commands.  Otherwise,                                                        
  3888.        it need not be used. The optional F= command keyword may included                                                        
  3889.        as desired.                                                                                                              
  3890.                                                                                                                                 
  3891.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3892.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3893.        |  INDex     <filelist>  <F= format>                            |                                                        
  3894.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3895.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3896.                                                                                                                                 
  3897.        Use the INDex command to get a listing of the files in a particu-                                                        
  3898.        lar filelist.  The  filelist parameter specifies the  name of the                                                        
  3899.        filelist you wish to get.  If no  name is specified,  an index of                                                        
  3900.        the root filelist (called LISTSERV FILELIST) will be sent to you.                                                        
  3901.                                                                                                                                 
  3902.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3903.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3904.        |  GET       filename  filetype  <filelist>  <F= format>        |                                                        
  3905.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3906.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3907.                                                                                                                                 
  3908.        The GET  command is used to  retrieve a specific file  or package                                                        
  3909.        from a filelist, provided you are authorized to do so.  The file-                                                        
  3910.        name and  filetype parameters  identify the  file or  package you                                                        
  3911.        wish to retrieve.  The optional filelist parameter identifies the                                                        
  3912.        filelist within which the file or  package resides.  If it is not                                                        
  3913.        supplied in  the command,  LISTSERV  will determine  the filelist                                                        
  3914.        through a search of its own internal filelist index.                                                                     
  3915.                                                                                                                                 
  3916.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3917.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3918.        |  AFD       options                                            |                                                        
  3919.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3920.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3921.                                                                                                                                 
  3922.        AFD is an acronym for  Automatic File Distribution.  This command                                                        
  3923.        enables you  to subscribe  to a  file or  package in  a filelist.                                                        
  3924.        Every time this file or package  is updated in its filelist,  you                                                        
  3925.        will then  automatically be sent  of copy  of it by  the LISTSERV                                                        
  3926.        server.  You  may subscribe to any  number of files  for packages                                                        
  3927.        from any filelist  with the AFD command.  You may  also review or                                                        
  3928.        delete your  subscriptions at any  LISTSERV server.   The options                                                        
  3929.        must be one of the following:                                                                                            
  3930.                                                                                                                                 
  3931.        ADD  filename filetype <filelist> <text> <PW= password> <F=format>                                                       
  3932.                  The ADD  option allows  you to subscribe  to a  file or                                                        
  3933.                  package. This means that a copy will henceforth be sent                                                        
  3934.                  to you automatically by LISTSERV  when it is updated on                                                        
  3935.                  its  filelist.  The  filename  and filetype  parameters                                                        
  3936.                  identify a  file or package to  which you want  to sub-                                                        
  3937.                  scribe.  The filelist option allows  you to specify the                                                        
  3938.                  name of the filelist in which it is located. If this is                                                        
  3939.                  not specified in the command,  LISTSERV will locate the                                                        
  3940.                  filelist through a search of  its own internal filelist                                                        
  3941.                  index.  Also, if you wish to have an informational text                                                        
  3942.                  message inserted automatically  at the top of  the file                                                        
  3943.                  or package when it is sent to you, you may use the text                                                        
  3944.                  parameter.  Note that if you  omit the filelist option,                                                        
  3945.                  the  text you  provide in  the text  parameter must  be                                                        
  3946.                  enclosed in double quotes (").   This parameter is most                                                        
  3947.                  commonly used by network  server applications that sub-                                                        
  3948.                  scribe to files at a LISTSERV  on behalf of users.   If                                                        
  3949.                  you  are subscribing  to files  directly from  LISTSERV                                                        
  3950.                  yourself, you should not need to use this option.                                                              
  3951.                                                                                                                                 
  3952.        DELete  filename  filetype  <filelist>  <PW= password>                                                                   
  3953.                  Remove your subscription to a file or package for which                                                        
  3954.                  you have an AFD.  The  filename and filetype parameters                                                        
  3955.                  identify a file or package to  which you wish to remove                                                        
  3956.                  an AFD. These names may also include the "*" (asterisk)                                                        
  3957.                  wildcard character  so that multiple files  or packages                                                        
  3958.                  may be removed  with one DELete command.   The filelist                                                        
  3959.                  option allows you  to specify the name  of the filelist                                                        
  3960.                  in which it is located. If this is not specified in the                                                        
  3961.                  command,  LISTSERV  will locate the filelist  through a                                                        
  3962.                  search of its own internal filelist index.                                                                     
  3963.                                                                                                                                 
  3964.        List  <(FORMAT>                                                                                                          
  3965.                  The List  option shows the  files or packages  to which                                                        
  3966.                  you are  currently subscribed  at a  LISTSERV.  If  you                                                        
  3967.                  include the (FORMAT option,  then the file format to be                                                        
  3968.                  used when a file or package is sent to you will also be                                                        
  3969.                  displayed.                                                                                                     
  3970.                                                                                                                                 
  3971.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3972.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3973.        |  FUI       options                                            |                                                        
  3974.        |                                                               |                                                        
  3975.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  3976.                                                                                                                                 
  3977.        FUI is an acronym for File Update Information.  It enables you to                                                        
  3978.        subscribe to  a file or package  in a filelist.  Every  time this                                                        
  3979.        file for package is updated in its filelist,  you will then auto-                                                        
  3980.        matically be informed of this by the LISTSERV server.   This com-                                                        
  3981.        mand is similar to the AFD  command, except you will only be sent                                                        
  3982.        notification of an update rather than the updated file or package                                                        
  3983.        itself.  You  may subscribe to any  number of files  for packages                                                        
  3984.        from any filelist  with the FUI command.  You may  also review or                                                        
  3985.                                    FUI                                                                                          
  3986.        delete your  subscriptions at any  LISTSERV server.   The options                                                        
  3987.        parameter must be one of the following:                                                                                  
  3988.                                                                                                                                 
  3989.        ADD  filename  filetype  <filelist>  <PW= password>                                                                      
  3990.                  The ADD  option allows  you to subscribe  to a  file or                                                        
  3991.                  package by adding an FUI to it.  The filename and file-                                                        
  3992.                  type parameters identify a file or package to which you                                                        
  3993.                  want to add  an FUI subscription.  The  filelist option                                                        
  3994.                  allows you to specify the name of the filelist in which                                                        
  3995.                  it is  located.  If this is  not given in  the command,                                                        
  3996.                  LISTSERV will locate  the filelist through a  search of                                                        
  3997.                  its own internal filelist index.                                                                               
  3998.                                                                                                                                 
  3999.        DELete  filename  filetype  <filelist>  <PW= password>                                                                   
  4000.                  Remove your  subscription from  a file  or package  for                                                        
  4001.                  which you have an FUI. The filename and filetype param-                                                        
  4002.                  eters identify a  file or package to which  you want to                                                        
  4003.                  delete an FUI. The filelist option allows you to speci-                                                        
  4004.                  fy the name of the filelist in which it is located.  If                                                        
  4005.                  this is  not specified in  the command,   LISTSERV will                                                        
  4006.                  locate the filelist through a  search of its own inter-                                                        
  4007.                  nal filelist index.                                                                                            
  4008.                                                                                                                                 
  4009.        List      The List option  shows the files or  packages for which                                                        
  4010.                  you currently  have an FUI  subscription at  a LISTSERV                                                        
  4011.                  server.                                                                                                        
  4012.                                                                                                                                 
  4013.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4014.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4015.        |  Query File filename  filetype  <filelist>  <(FLags>          |                                                        
  4016.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4017.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4018.                                                                                                                                 
  4019.        This command  can be  used to get  update information  on various                                                        
  4020.        files.  Update information about the file or package specified in                                                        
  4021.        the filename and filetype parameters will be given.   Optionally,                                                        
  4022.        you may include a filelist name in the filelist  parameter. If it                                                        
  4023.        is omitted, LISTSERV will locate the filelist through a search of                                                        
  4024.        its own internal filelist index.  You may also specify the (FLags                                                        
  4025.        option to display additional technical data about the file (which                                                        
  4026.        can be  useful when  reporting problems  to LISTSERV  administra-                                                        
  4027.        tors).                                                                                                                   
  4028.                                                                                                                                 
  4029.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4030.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4031.        |  PW        options                                            |                                                        
  4032.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4033.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4034.                                                                                                                                 
  4035.        The PW command  enables you to add,  change or  delete a personal                                                        
  4036.        password on any LISTSERV server.  A personal password is designed                                                        
  4037.        to give you  added command security on a LISTSERV  since it helps                                                        
  4038.        prevent impostors using your e-mail address.  The use of personal                                                        
  4039.        passwords is strongly  encouraged for this reason.   Every server                                                        
  4040.        will accept a password registration request from you at any time.                                                        
  4041.        Passwords are comprised of one  to eight alphanumeric characters.                                                        
  4042.        You may change or delete your  password at any time.  The options                                                        
  4043.        parameter must be one of the following:                                                                                  
  4044.                                                                                                                                 
  4045.        ADD  new-password                                                                                                        
  4046.                  Add a new personal password  on the LISTSERV processing                                                        
  4047.                  your command.  Once you have registered a password on a                                                        
  4048.                  LISTSERV server,   you will be  obliged to use  the PW=                                                        
  4049.                  command keyword in the commands  where it appears as an                                                        
  4050.                  option.                                                                                                        
  4051.                                                                                                                                 
  4052.        CHange  old-password  new-password                                                                                       
  4053.                  Change  your personal  password  on  a LISTSERV  server                                                        
  4054.                  where you already have one.                                                                                    
  4055.                                                                                                                                 
  4056.        DELete  old-password                                                                                                     
  4057.                  Remove your personal password from a LISTSERV where you                                                        
  4058.                  already have one. Once you have removed a password from                                                        
  4059.                  a LISTSERV server, you will no longer be obliged to use                                                        
  4060.                  the  PW=  command  keyword in  the  commands  where  it                                                        
  4061.                  appears as an option.                                                                                          
  4062.                                                                                                                                 
  4063.        LISTSERV DATABASE Functions                                                                                              
  4064.                                                                                                                                 
  4065.        LISTSERV provides  the facility  for users  to retrieve  old mail                                                        
  4066.        that has been distributed on mailing lists. Each mailing list has                                                        
  4067.        an associated database  (called a notebook or  list archive data-                                                        
  4068.        base)  in which list mail is stored.  Note that databases may not                                                        
  4069.        be maintained for every mailing list, this is done at the discre-                                                        
  4070.        tion of a list owner. The notebook databases are the most common-                                                        
  4071.        ly used of the LISTSERV databases. However, every LISTSERV server                                                        
  4072.        also has a database of all the EARN/Bitnet computer nodes (called                                                        
  4073.        the BITEARN database).   This is available to all LISTSERV users.                                                        
  4074.        The backbone   LISTSERV servers also have  a database of  all the                                                        
  4075.        LISTSERV computer nodes (called the PEERS database).  In addition                                                        
  4076.        to these databases, a LISTSERV server may have any number of dif-                                                        
  4077.        ferent databases that have been created locally. To find out what                                                        
  4078.        databases are accessible at a particular LISTSERV site, send fol-                                                        
  4079.        lowing command to that server:                                                                                           
  4080.                                                                                                                                 
  4081.             DATABASE LIST                                                                                                       
  4082.                                                                                                                                 
  4083.        To perform a database search,  you can send mail to LISTSERV con-                                                        
  4084.        taining a batch database job  which contains your database query.                                                        
  4085.        In addition,  EARN/Bitnet  users on VM or VMS  systems can access                                                        
  4086.        the database facilities interactively via the LDBASE program. For                                                        
  4087.        more details on  the LISTSERV database facilities,   send an Info                                                        
  4088.        DATABASE command to  your nearest (or any)   LISTSERV server (see                                                        
  4089.        the section  Commands for INFORMATION)   or consult  the LISTSERV                                                        
  4090.        DATABASE Functions chapter in the LISTSERV User Guide.                                                                   
  4091.                                                                                                                                 
  4092.        Commands for INFORMATION:                                                                                                
  4093.                                                                                                                                 
  4094.        The LISTSERV server can provide a diverse range of information to                                                        
  4095.        the general user. This includes help files, release levels of the                                                        
  4096.        server and important configuration files, statistics and informa-                                                        
  4097.        tion pertaining to  the EARN/Bitnet network.  When  sending these                                                        
  4098.        commands to LISTSERV,   they must be addressed to  the server and                                                        
  4099.        not to any mailing lists it  may manage.  For those commands that                                                        
  4100.        result in files being sent to the requestor (for example the Info                                                        
  4101.        command), the format of the file can be specified by the optional                                                        
  4102.        command keyword F= in the command  text (see the section LISTSERV                                                        
  4103.        Command Keywords for more information).                                                                                  
  4104.                                                                                                                                 
  4105.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4106.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4107.        |  Help                                                         |                                                        
  4108.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4109.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4110.                                                                                                                                 
  4111.        Use this command to get a  brief description of the most commonly                                                        
  4112.        used LISTSERV  commands and also the  name and e-mail  address of                                                        
  4113.        the server's postmaster.                                                                                                 
  4114.                                                                                                                                 
  4115.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4116.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4117.        |  Info      <topic>  <F= format>                               |                                                        
  4118.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4119.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4120.                                                                                                                                 
  4121.        Use this command  to get an informational (or help)   file from a                                                        
  4122.        LISTSERV server.  The  topic option should specify  the topic for                                                        
  4123.        which an informational file  will be sent to you.  You  may get a                                                        
  4124.        list of valid topics by sending  the Info command with no parame-                                                        
  4125.        ters to your nearest (or any) LISTSERV.                                                                                  
  4126.                                                                                                                                 
  4127.                                                                                                                                 
  4128.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  4129.                                                                                                                                 
  4130.        You wish to subscribe to the EARNEWS list which is located at the                                                        
  4131.        node FRMOP11. Your full name is Mark P. Waugh. Send the following                                                        
  4132.        command to LISTSERV@FRMOP11.BITNET:                                                                                      
  4133.                                                                                                                                 
  4134.             SUBSCRIBE EARNEWS Mark P. Waugh                                                                                     
  4135.                                                                                                                                 
  4136.        You wish  to leave the INFO-MAC  mailing list (to which  you have                                                        
  4137.        already subscribed) at the node CEARN. The command:                                                                      
  4138.                                                                                                                                 
  4139.             UNSUBSCRIBE INFO-MAC                                                                                                
  4140.                                                                                                                                 
  4141.        should be sent to the LISTSERV  server at CEARN which manages the                                                        
  4142.        INFO-MAC list.    To leave all the  LISTSERV lists you  belong to                                                        
  4143.        throughout the network,  send the following command to your near-                                                        
  4144.        est (or any) LISTSERV:                                                                                                   
  4145.                                                                                                                                 
  4146.             UNSUBSCRIBE * (NETWIDE                                                                                              
  4147.                                                                                                                                 
  4148.        You wish to receive a listing of  all mailing lists that have the                                                        
  4149.        text europe in their name or title. Send the following command to                                                        
  4150.        your nearest (or any) LISTSERV server:                                                                                   
  4151.                                                                                                                                 
  4152.             LIST GLOBAL EUROPE                                                                                                  
  4153.                                                                                                                                 
  4154.        You want to  stop receiving mail from  all the lists at  SEARN to                                                        
  4155.        which you belong. Send the following command to the LISTSERV ser-                                                        
  4156.        ver at SEARN:                                                                                                            
  4157.                                                                                                                                 
  4158.             SET * NOMAIL                                                                                                        
  4159.                                                                                                                                 
  4160.        You have received  a message from the LISTSERV  server at IRLEARN                                                        
  4161.        asking you to confirm your subscription to the EARN-UG list. Send                                                        
  4162.        the following command to that server:                                                                                    
  4163.                                                                                                                                 
  4164.             CONFIRM EARN-UG                                                                                                     
  4165.                                                                                                                                 
  4166.        You wish to  receive a listing of  the files in the  DOC FILELIST                                                        
  4167.        The command:                                                                                                             
  4168.                                                                                                                                 
  4169.             INDEX DOC                                                                                                           
  4170.                                                                                                                                 
  4171.        should be sent to the LISTSERV  server at EARNCC where this file-                                                        
  4172.        list is located. Note that the above command is the same as issu-                                                        
  4173.        ing a GET DOC FILELIST command.                                                                                          
  4174.                                                                                                                                 
  4175.        You wish to retrieve the file PCPROG ZIP from a filelist and have                                                        
  4176.        it sent to you in XXE file format.  Send the following command to                                                        
  4177.        the LISTSERV server that holds this file:                                                                                
  4178.                                                                                                                                 
  4179.             GET PCPROG ZIP F=XXE                                                                                                
  4180.                                                                                                                                 
  4181.        You want to retrieve all the files  that make up a package called                                                        
  4182.        PROGRAM (as  listed in  a file called  PROGRAM $PACKAGE)   from a                                                        
  4183.        filelist called SAMPLE. Send the command:                                                                                
  4184.                                                                                                                                 
  4185.             GET PROGRAM PACKAGE SAMPLE                                                                                          
  4186.                                                                                                                                 
  4187.        You wish to subscribe to a file  called BUGDET MEMO in a filelist                                                        
  4188.        called EXPENSES with an AFD:                                                                                             
  4189.                                                                                                                                 
  4190.             AFD ADD BUDGET MEMO EXPENSES                                                                                        
  4191.                                                                                                                                 
  4192.        To subscribe to a  file called VM EMAIL in the  DOC FILELIST with                                                        
  4193.        an FUI,  you would send the following command to LISTSERV at node                                                        
  4194.        EARNCC:                                                                                                                  
  4195.                                                                                                                                 
  4196.             FUI ADD VM EMAIL DOC                                                                                                
  4197.                                                                                                                                 
  4198.                                                                                                                                 
  4199.        Learning more about LISTSERV                                                                                             
  4200.                                                                                                                                 
  4201.        A standard set of help files are available upon request from each                                                        
  4202.        LISTSERV server.  To get a copy of these files, use the INFO com-                                                        
  4203.        mand (see the section Commands for INFORMATION).                                                                         
  4204.                                                                                                                                 
  4205.        Detailed  documentation on  LISTSERV (and  related services)   is                                                        
  4206.        available from the DOC FILELIST at LISTSERV@EARNCC.BITNET.   This                                                        
  4207.        includes the LISTSERV User Guide which is available in both post-                                                        
  4208.        script and plain text formats. To obtain a list of available doc-                                                        
  4209.        uments  use  the INDex  command  (see  the section  Commands  for                                                        
  4210.        FILES).                                                                                                                  
  4211.                                                                                                                                 
  4212.        There  are several  mailing  lists  for discussion  of  technical                                                        
  4213.        LISTSERV issues. They are not intended for casual users, but they                                                        
  4214.        should be of interest to advanced users. They are:                                                                       
  4215.                                                                                                                                 
  4216.        LSTSRV-L  Technical forum on LISTSERV                                                                                    
  4217.                                                                                                                                 
  4218.        LSTOWN-L  LISTSERV list owners' forum                                                                                    
  4219.                                                                                                                                 
  4220.        LDBASE-L  Forum on LISTSERV database search capabilities                                                                 
  4221.                                                                                                                                 
  4222.                                                                                                                                 
  4223.                                                                                                                                 
  4224.                                                                                                                                 
  4225.                                NETNEWS (USENET)                                                                                 
  4226.                                                                                                                                 
  4227.        What is NETNEWS                                                                                                          
  4228.                                                                                                                                 
  4229.        Netnews,  or Usenet as it is  more commonly called,  is a message                                                        
  4230.        sharing system that exchanges  messages electronically around the                                                        
  4231.        world in  a standard  format.  Messages  exchanged on  Usenet are                                                        
  4232.        arranged by topic into categories called newsgroups.  Netnews is,                                                        
  4233.        thus, a huge collection of messages, being passed from machine to                                                        
  4234.        machine.  The  messages may contain  both plain text  and encoded                                                        
  4235.        binary information.   The messages also contain header lines that                                                        
  4236.        define who the  message came from,  when the  message was posted,                                                        
  4237.        where it was posted,  where it has passed,  and other administra-                                                        
  4238.        tive information.                                                                                                        
  4239.                                                                                                                                 
  4240.        The major, hierarchical categories of Usenet newsgroups which are                                                        
  4241.        distributed throughout the world are alt, comp, misc, news,  rec,                                                        
  4242.        sci, soc,  and talk.  There are many other major categories which                                                        
  4243.        may be topical (eg, bionet, biz, vmsnet) and are usually distrib-                                                        
  4244.        uted worldwide as well,  or  geographical and even organizational                                                        
  4245.        (eg, ieee) or commercial (eg, clari).   The latter categories are                                                        
  4246.        usually distributed only with their area of interest. The messag-                                                        
  4247.        es of many Bitnet LISTSERV mailing  lists are also distributed in                                                        
  4248.        Usenet under the major category bit.                                                                                     
  4249.                                                                                                                                 
  4250.        The major categories are further broken  down into more than 1200                                                        
  4251.        newsgroups on different  subjects which range from  education for                                                        
  4252.        the disabled to Star Trek and from environmental science to poli-                                                        
  4253.        tics in the former Soviet Union. The quality of the discussion in                                                        
  4254.        newsgroups is not guaranteed to be high.   Some newsgroups have a                                                        
  4255.        moderator who  scans the messages for  the group before  they are                                                        
  4256.        distributed and decides which ones  are appropriate for distribu-                                                        
  4257.        tion.                                                                                                                    
  4258.                                                                                                                                 
  4259.        Usenet was originally developed for Unix systems in 1979.  Within                                                        
  4260.        a year, fifty Unix sites were participating. Now, there are thou-                                                        
  4261.        sands of sites running a number of operating systems on a variety                                                        
  4262.        of hardware platforms communicating via Usenet around the globe.                                                         
  4263.                                                                                                                                 
  4264.                                                                                                                                 
  4265.        Who can use NETNEWS                                                                                                      
  4266.                                                                                                                                 
  4267.        Usenet newsgroups  can be read at  thousands of sites  around the                                                        
  4268.        world.   In addition, there are several sites that provide public                                                        
  4269.        dial-up service  so that people who are  not at a Usenet site can                                                        
  4270.        have access to newsgroups as well. If you don't know if your site                                                        
  4271.        has Usenet access, check with your local computer support people.                                                        
  4272.                                                                                                                                 
  4273.        Protocols and software for the distribution of news are in use in                                                        
  4274.        several networks,  such as the  Internet,  UUCP,  EARN/Bitnet and                                                        
  4275.        Fidonet.                                                                                                                 
  4276.                                                                                                                                 
  4277.        If you have e-mail service only,  then you can not access Usenet.                                                        
  4278.        However, many newsgroups are connected to mailing lists which you                                                        
  4279.        could join.  For a list of  these newsgroups and their associated                                                        
  4280.        mailing lists,  send mail to LISTSERV@AMERICAN.EDU with the line:                                                        
  4281.        GET NETGATE GATELIST Moreover, many of the documents which appear                                                        
  4282.        periodically in  newsgroups are  available by  e-mail from  mail-                                                        
  4283.        server@rtfm.mit.edu.   For instructions,  send a message with the                                                        
  4284.        subject HELP                                                                                                             
  4285.                                                                                                                                 
  4286.                                                                                                                                 
  4287.        How to get to NETNEWS                                                                                                    
  4288.                                                                                                                                 
  4289.        If your site  provides Usenet access,  then you just  need to use                                                        
  4290.        one of the many software packages  available for reading news (at                                                        
  4291.        least one is probably available on your computer). These packages                                                        
  4292.        either  access a  local  news spool,   or  use  the Network  News                                                        
  4293.        Transfer Protocol (NNTP)  to access the  news spool on some other                                                        
  4294.        computer in the network.                                                                                                 
  4295.                                                                                                                                 
  4296.        Within EARN,  a  network of Netnews distribution  has been devel-                                                        
  4297.        oped,  providing  efficient distribution of Usenet  traffic while                                                        
  4298.        minimising the  load on the  network for the  participating coun-                                                        
  4299.        tries.                                                                                                                   
  4300.                                                                                                                                 
  4301.        If Usenet is not  available to you and you would  like to arrange                                                        
  4302.        access for  your site,  contact  your system  administrator.  You                                                        
  4303.        should also read the article How to become a USENET site which is                                                        
  4304.        posted periodically to  the news.answers newsgroup.   It  is also                                                        
  4305.        available    by    anonymous    FTP    from    rtfm.mit.edu    as                                                        
  4306.        /pub/usenet/news.answers/site-setup     or    by     mail     to:                                                        
  4307.        mail-server@rtfm.mit.edu      with     the      line:        send                                                        
  4308.        usenet/news.answers/site-setup.                                                                                          
  4309.                                                                                                                                 
  4310.                                                                                                                                 
  4311.        Using NETNEWS                                                                                                            
  4312.                                                                                                                                 
  4313.        There are many  software packages available for  reading and dis-                                                        
  4314.        tributing Netnews on a variety  of operating systems (Unix,  VMS,                                                        
  4315.        VM/CMS, MVS, Macintosh, MS-DOS and OS/2) and environments (Emacs,                                                        
  4316.        X-Windows,  MS-Windows).  See  the list of freely  available news                                                        
  4317.        reader software packages in Appendix A.   Note that the number of                                                        
  4318.        software packages available to run  news,  especially on PCs,  is                                                        
  4319.        increasing.                                                                                                              
  4320.                                                                                                                                 
  4321.        In addition to the software  packages specifically designed to be                                                        
  4322.        news readers, many other communications programs, particular mail                                                        
  4323.        interfaces, provide the possibility for Usenet access in addition                                                        
  4324.        to their main function.                                                                                                  
  4325.                                                                                                                                 
  4326.        Most,  if  not all,  of the  news readers provide the  same basic                                                        
  4327.        abilities:                                                                                                               
  4328.                                                                                                                                 
  4329.        *   Subscribing to newsgroups:  This means that your news reading                                                        
  4330.            software will  make these groups immediately  accessible,  so                                                        
  4331.            that  you can  choose to  read  the postings  of groups  that                                                        
  4332.            interest you quickly and easily.                                                                                     
  4333.                                                                                                                                 
  4334.        *   Unsubscribing from  newsgroups:   Removing  groups from  your                                                        
  4335.            easy access list.                                                                                                    
  4336.                                                                                                                                 
  4337.        *   Reading newsgroup postings:   Your news reader presents post-                                                        
  4338.            ings to  you and keeps track  of which postings you  have and                                                        
  4339.            have not read.                                                                                                       
  4340.                                                                                                                                 
  4341.        *   Threads of  discussion:   You can  follow groups  of postings                                                        
  4342.            that deal with the same subject easily.                                                                              
  4343.                                                                                                                                 
  4344.        *   Posting to news groups:  You can participate in group discus-                                                        
  4345.            sions; your news reader knows where to send your posting.                                                            
  4346.                                                                                                                                 
  4347.        *   Responding to  a posting:    You can send  a response  to the                                                        
  4348.            newsgroup (often  called follow-up)   or to  the author  of a                                                        
  4349.            posting (often called reply).                                                                                        
  4350.                                                                                                                                 
  4351.                                                                                                                                 
  4352.        Examples                                                                                                                 
  4353.                                                                                                                                 
  4354.        When you  enter the tin  news reader,  you  get a listing  of the                                                        
  4355.        newsgroups to which you are subscribed:                                                                                  
  4356.                                                                                                                                 
  4357.                                                                                                                                 
  4358.        -----------------------------------------------------------------                                                        
  4359.                                                                                                                                 
  4360.                                 Group Selection (9)              h=help                                                         
  4361.                                                                                                                                 
  4362.           1 30637 bit.listserv.novell   local list                                                                              
  4363.           2  1106 comp.mail.misc        General discussions about compu                                                         
  4364.           3  8031 comp.protocols.tcp-ip TCP and IP network protocols.                                                           
  4365.           4   840 comp.sys.mac                                                                                                  
  4366.           5  8789 news.answers          Repository for periodic USENET                                                          
  4367.        -> 6    29 news.lists            News-related statistics and lis                                                         
  4368.           7 15056 rec.woodworking       Hobbyists interested in woodwor                                                         
  4369.           8  7094 sci.psychology        Topics related to psychology.                                                           
  4370.           9 13093 soc.culture.celtic    Celtic, Irish, & Welsh culture                                                          
  4371.                                                                                                                                 
  4372.                                                                                                                                 
  4373.                                 *** End of Groups ***                                                                           
  4374.                                                                                                                                 
  4375.        ----------------------------------------------------------------                                                         
  4376.                                                                                                                                 
  4377.                                                                                                                                 
  4378.        In tin, selecting a newsgroup is done with the arrow keys.   When                                                        
  4379.        you select a group, you get a listing of the articles:                                                                   
  4380.                                                                                                                                 
  4381.                                                                                                                                 
  4382.        ----------------------------------------------------------------                                                         
  4383.                                                                                                                                 
  4384.                            comp.mail.misc (41T 64A 0K 0H)         h=help                                                        
  4385.                                                                                                                                 
  4386.            1 +   RIPEM Frequently Noted Vulnerabilities  Marc VanHeyningen                                                      
  4387.            2 +   RIPEM Frequently Asked Questions        Marc VanHeyningen                                                      
  4388.            3 +   Mail Archive Server software list       Jonathan I. Kamen                                                      
  4389.            4 + 1 UNIX Email Software Survey FAQ          Chris Lewis                                                            
  4390.            5 + 2 PC Eudora and Trumpet Winsock problem   Jim Graham                                                             
  4391.            6 +   X11 mail reader                         Dominique Marant                                                       
  4392.            7 +   MIME supporting e-mail                  Tim Goodwin                                                            
  4393.            8 + 1 IBM User name and Address Server        Wes Spears                                                             
  4394.            9 + 5 Newbie needs MHS/SMTP question answered Chris Pearce                                                           
  4395.           10 +   FAQ - pine                              Bruce Lilly                                                            
  4396.           11 +   FAQ: International E-mail accessibility Olivier M.J. Crep                                                      
  4397.        -> 12 +   PC E-Mail and Dial-in                   Edward Vielmetti                                                       
  4398.           13 +   Prodigy Mail Manager "01/07"            an33127@anon.pene                                                      
  4399.           14 +   Prodigy Mail Manager "02/07"            an33127@anon.pene                                                      
  4400.           15 +   Prodigy Mail Manager "03/07"            an33127@anon.pene                                                      
  4401.                                                                                                                                 
  4402.        ----------------------------------------------------------------                                                         
  4403.                                                                                                                                 
  4404.                                                                                                                                 
  4405.        tins is a threaded news reader:  replies to a posting are grouped                                                        
  4406.        together with the original posting, so that the reader can follow                                                        
  4407.        a thread of discussion. Above, you see the threads, the number of                                                        
  4408.        replies in each thread, the subject and the author. The plus sign                                                        
  4409.        (+) indicates that not all postings in the thread have been read.                                                        
  4410.        Other news readers show other details.   When you select an item,                                                        
  4411.        it appears on your screen:                                                                                               
  4412.                                                                                                                                 
  4413.                                                                                                                                 
  4414.        ----------------------------------------------------------------                                                         
  4415.                                                                                                                                 
  4416.        Wed, 01 Sep 1993 07:05:49     comp.mail.misc     Thread  13 of 41                                                        
  4417.        Lines 27          Re: PC E-Mail and Dial-in          No responses                                                        
  4418.        emv@garnet.msen.com  Edward Vielmetti at Msen, Inc. --  Ann Arbor                                                        
  4419.                                                                                                                                 
  4420.        Sherry H. Lake (slake@mason1.gmu.edu) wrote:                                                                             
  4421.                                                                                                                                 
  4422.        :    I am looking for an email package that will allow a user to                                                         
  4423.        : dial-in to his mail machine download any messages to his local                                                         
  4424.        : PC, delete the messages from the server and then automatically                                                         
  4425.        : sign him off. The user can then use his client software (local)                                                        
  4426.        : to read, compose and reply. He then would have to dial-in again                                                        
  4427.        : to so his outgoing mail will be uploaded to the server.                                                                
  4428.        Various POP clients for PCs or Windows Sockets will do roughly                                                           
  4429.        this. You should look at:                                                                                                
  4430.                                                                                                                                 
  4431.        -  NUPOP (MS-DOS)                                                                                                        
  4432.        -  Eudora for Windows (Windows)                                                                                          
  4433.        -  WinQVT/Net (Windows)                                                                                                  
  4434.        -  various commercial POP clients listed in the 'alt.winsock'                                                            
  4435.           directory of commercial Windows systems                                                                               
  4436.                                                                                                                                 
  4437.        You'll want to look particularly for dial up IP software (SLIP or                                                        
  4438.        PPP) that makes the process of connecting minimally onerous, e.g.                                                        
  4439.        by scripting the session so that the users don't have to type                                                            
  4440.        anything, perhaps by automatically dialing for you when you go to                                                        
  4441.        read or otherwise open a network connection, and offering a                                                              
  4442.        reasonable way to disconnect.                                                                                            
  4443.                                                                                                                                 
  4444.        Edward Vielmetti, vice president for research, Msen Inc.                                                                 
  4445.        emv@Msen.com Msen Inc., 628 Brooks, Ann Arbor MI 48103                                                                   
  4446.        +1 313 998 4562 (fax: 998 4563)                                                                                          
  4447.                                                                                                                                 
  4448.        ----------------------------------------------------------------                                                         
  4449.                                                                                                                                 
  4450.                                                                                                                                 
  4451.        Learning more about NETNEWS                                                                                              
  4452.                                                                                                                                 
  4453.        News programs communicate  with each other according  to standard                                                        
  4454.        protocols,  some of  which are described by  Internet Request For                                                        
  4455.        Comments (RFC).   Copies of RFCs are  often posted to the network                                                        
  4456.        and obtainable  from archive  sites.   Current  news-related RFCs                                                        
  4457.        include the following:                                                                                                   
  4458.                                                                                                                                 
  4459.        RFC 977   specifies NNTP, the Network News Transfer Protocol,                                                            
  4460.                                                                                                                                 
  4461.        RFC 1036  specifies the format of Usenet articles.                                                                       
  4462.                                                                                                                                 
  4463.        Some  newsgroups carry  articles and  discussions on  the use  of                                                        
  4464.        Usenet,   notably:   news.announce.newusers,    news.answers  and                                                        
  4465.        news.newusers.questions.                                                                                                 
  4466.                                                                                                                                 
  4467.        Many of  the articles  which appear  periodically in  these news-                                                        
  4468.        groups or in others are also available from rtfm.mit.edu by anon-                                                        
  4469.        ymous FTP or by mail to: mail-server@rtfm.mit.edu                                                                        
  4470.                                                                                                                                 
  4471.                                                                                                                                 
  4472.                                                                                                                                 
  4473.                                                                                                                                 
  4474.                                     Part 7                                                                                      
  4475.                                                                                                                                 
  4476.                             OTHER TOOLS OF INTEREST                                                                             
  4477.                                                                                                                                 
  4478.                                                                                                                                 
  4479.                                                                                                                                 
  4480.                                      ASTRA                                                                                      
  4481.                                                                                                                                 
  4482.                                                                                                                                 
  4483.                                                                                                                                 
  4484.        What is ASTRA                                                                                                            
  4485.                                                                                                                                 
  4486.        The  ASTRA service   allows users   to  retrieve  documents  from                                                        
  4487.        databases known by ASTRA  throughout the network.  Users can send                                                        
  4488.        their queries to the  ASTRA server  which  in  turn forwards  the                                                        
  4489.        query  to the  related database servers.  This provides an  easy-                                                        
  4490.        to-use uniform access method to a large number of databases.                                                             
  4491.                                                                                                                                 
  4492.        ASTRA provides the same user interface   for all databases it can                                                        
  4493.        access, even if  the database servers  have different access lan-                                                        
  4494.        guages,  such as STAIRS, ISIS or SQL.                                                                                    
  4495.                                                                                                                                 
  4496.        Each  database defined   in ASTRA  has an  abstract  which  holds                                                        
  4497.        information about the database:  title, name  of the maintainers,                                                        
  4498.        a brief description of the database, the main topics of the data-                                                        
  4499.        base  and  its language.   Users  are  advised  to  look  at  the                                                        
  4500.        abstracts before sending  requests,  to avoid sending requests to                                                        
  4501.        the wrong databases.                                                                                                     
  4502.                                                                                                                                 
  4503.        Some databases actually combine  several different databases that                                                        
  4504.        deal with the same topics. When a user sends a request for such a                                                        
  4505.        database, the request is forwarded to all related databases.                                                             
  4506.                                                                                                                                 
  4507.                                                                                                                                 
  4508.        How to get to ASTRA                                                                                                      
  4509.                                                                                                                                 
  4510.        Anyone who  can send  electronic mail  to EARN/Bitnet  can access                                                        
  4511.        ASTRA.  Interactive user interfaces (clients) to ASTRA are avail-                                                        
  4512.        able for VM and VMS systems  on the EARN/Bitnet network.  For all                                                        
  4513.        other users, there is a batch language that permits batch queries                                                        
  4514.        using e-mail.                                                                                                            
  4515.                                                                                                                                 
  4516.        Currently  there   are five   ASTRA  servers   installed at   the                                                        
  4517.        following addresses:                                                                                                     
  4518.                                                                                                                                 
  4519.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4520.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4521.        |         ASTRADB@ICNUCEVM.BITNET                               |                                                        
  4522.        |         ASTRASQL@ICNUCEVM.BITNET                              |                                                        
  4523.        |         ASTRADB@IFIBDP.BITNET                                 |                                                        
  4524.        |         ASTRADB@IFIIDG.BITNET                                 |                                                        
  4525.        |         ASTRADB@IRMKANT.BITNET                                |                                                        
  4526.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4527.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4528.                                                                                                                                 
  4529.                                                                                                                                 
  4530.        Learning more about ASTRA                                                                                                
  4531.                                                                                                                                 
  4532.        An extensive help  file is available by sending  the command HELP                                                        
  4533.        to ASTRADB@ICNUCEVM.BITNET.                                                                                              
  4534.                                                                                                                                 
  4535.        The LISTSERV  list ASTRA-UG  is used  for the  distribution of  a                                                        
  4536.        newsletter about  new databases  or new  versions of  the current                                                        
  4537.        databases.  To subscribe, send the command:                                                                              
  4538.                                                                                                                                 
  4539.             SUB ASTRA-UG Your Name                                                                                              
  4540.                                                                                                                                 
  4541.        to LISTSERV@ICNUCEVM.BITNET.                                                                                             
  4542.                                                                                                                                 
  4543.        An ASTRA newsletter is also available by sending the command NEWS                                                        
  4544.        to ASTRADB@ICNUCEVM.BITNET.                                                                                              
  4545.                                                                                                                                 
  4546.        The developers of the ASTRA service may be contacted at:                                                                 
  4547.        ASTRA@ICNUCEVM.CNUCE.CNR.IT                                                                                              
  4548.                                                                                                                                 
  4549.                                                                                                                                 
  4550.                                                                                                                                 
  4551.                                     NETSERV                                                                                     
  4552.                                                                                                                                 
  4553.                                                                                                                                 
  4554.                                                                                                                                 
  4555.        What is NETSERV                                                                                                          
  4556.                                                                                                                                 
  4557.        NETSERV is a server,  which allows  fast access to data files and                                                        
  4558.        programs of interest to the  EARN/Bitnet community.  NETSERV pro-                                                        
  4559.        vides a repository consisting of  information files and programs.                                                        
  4560.        It allows  users to retrieve files,   to store files and  to sub-                                                        
  4561.        scribe to  the files of their  choice.  The latter  two functions                                                        
  4562.        however,  require that the user have a password for NETSERV (this                                                        
  4563.        is called a privileged  user).                                                                                           
  4564.                                                                                                                                 
  4565.        In order to achieve  a balanced load on the network  and a faster                                                        
  4566.        response time to  users,  NETSERV uses a  distributed server con-                                                        
  4567.        cept:  this is achieved by the  installation of a large number of                                                        
  4568.        servers on the network to ensure that the user can locate a near-                                                        
  4569.        by server.  All servers communicate with each other to distribute                                                        
  4570.        updated information and  make it available from each  copy of the                                                        
  4571.        server.                                                                                                                  
  4572.                                                                                                                                 
  4573.        NETSERV's  file  server  functions  include  retrieving any  file                                                        
  4574.        present in its  filelists,  storing new versions of  a file,  and                                                        
  4575.        subscribing to files stored on  the server.  Its file directories                                                        
  4576.        are arranged  in an hierarchical  method,  with  NETSERV FILELIST                                                        
  4577.        being on top or at the root  of the filelists.  This filelist can                                                        
  4578.        be obtained  by sending  a GET  NETSERV FILELIST  command to  any                                                        
  4579.        NETSERV.  Filelists contain short descriptions of the files,  and                                                        
  4580.        two access codes for each file. These codes represent the get and                                                        
  4581.        put privileges required for that file.  These codes are explained                                                        
  4582.        at the beginning of the NETSERV FILELIST file.                                                                           
  4583.                                                                                                                                 
  4584.                                                                                                                                 
  4585.        How to get to NETSERV                                                                                                    
  4586.                                                                                                                                 
  4587.        The server  is available  in almost every  country.  To  find the                                                        
  4588.        closest server  for your area send  a QUERY SERVICE command  to a                                                        
  4589.        server.   The  following   are   examples   of   NETSERV   server                                                        
  4590.        addresses:                                                                                                               
  4591.                                                                                                                                 
  4592.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4593.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4594.        |         NETSERV@FRMOP11.BITNET                                |                                                        
  4595.        |         NETSERV@HEARN.BITNET                                  |                                                        
  4596.        |         NETSERV@BITNIC.BITNET                                 |                                                        
  4597.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4598.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4599.                                                                                                                                 
  4600.        In EARN,   there is only one  NETSERV permitted for  one country.                                                        
  4601.        However,  in some limited cases,  such  as when the country has a                                                        
  4602.        large number of nodes,  additional  servers may be installed.  In                                                        
  4603.        any case,  the user is not required  to run NETSERV to be able to                                                        
  4604.        access and use the server.                                                                                               
  4605.                                                                                                                                 
  4606.        NETSERV accepts e-mail  access from users on  any network.   Com-                                                        
  4607.        mands to NETSERV should be  placed in the body of the  mail file,                                                        
  4608.        and not in the Subject: line.                                                                                            
  4609.                                                                                                                                 
  4610.        For users in the EARN/Bitnet  network,  NETSERV is accessible via                                                        
  4611.        interactive message.  Commands from  privileged users requiring a                                                        
  4612.        password must be sent this way.                                                                                          
  4613.                                                                                                                                 
  4614.        NETSERV  does not have delivery  limitations,  except that a file                                                        
  4615.        ordered from NETSERV cannot be ordered again on the same day.                                                            
  4616.                                                                                                                                 
  4617.                                                                                                                                 
  4618.        Learning more about NETSERV                                                                                              
  4619.                                                                                                                                 
  4620.        The server   provides a large helpfile  which can be  obtained by                                                        
  4621.        sending a GET NETSERV HELPFILE command to any NETSERV.                                                                   
  4622.                                                                                                                                 
  4623.        A    list   for    NETSERV    maintainers    is   available    as                                                        
  4624.        NETSRV-M@HEARN.BITNET.                                                                                                   
  4625.                                                                                                                                 
  4626.        Additional information  can  be obtained  from the  NETSERV main-                                                        
  4627.        tainer, Ulrich Giese at U001212@HEARN.BITNET.                                                                            
  4628.                                                                                                                                 
  4629.                                                                                                                                 
  4630.                                                                                                                                 
  4631.                                    MAILBASE                                                                                     
  4632.                                                                                                                                 
  4633.        What is MAILBASE                                                                                                         
  4634.                                                                                                                                 
  4635.        Mailbase is  an electronic information  service with much  of the                                                        
  4636.        Mailbase                                                                                                                 
  4637.        same functionality as LISTSERV.  It  allows United Kingdom groups                                                        
  4638.        to manage their own discussion topics (Mailbase lists)  and asso-                                                        
  4639.        ciated files.  The  Mailbase service is run as part  of the JANET                                                        
  4640.        Networked Information Services Project (NISP)  based at Newcastle                                                        
  4641.        University.                                                                                                              
  4642.                                                                                                                                 
  4643.                                                                                                                                 
  4644.        How to get to MAILBASE                                                                                                   
  4645.                                                                                                                                 
  4646.        Commands should  be sent in an  electronic mail message  to mail-                                                        
  4647.        base@uk.ac.mailbase.   More than one command may appear in a mes-                                                        
  4648.        sage to Mailbase.  Commands may be in any order, in UPPER, lower,                                                        
  4649.        or MiXeD case.                                                                                                           
  4650.                                                                                                                                 
  4651.                                                                                                                                 
  4652.        Learning more about MAILBASE                                                                                             
  4653.                                                                                                                                 
  4654.        For a summary of Mailbase commands,   send the command help in an                                                        
  4655.        e-mail message to mailbase@mailbase.ac.uk.  For a list of on-line                                                        
  4656.        documentation about Mailbase, send the command:  index mailbase.                                                         
  4657.                                                                                                                                 
  4658.        You can  then use  the send command  to retrieve  those documents                                                        
  4659.        that interest you.   Eg,  to retrieve a file  of frequently asked                                                        
  4660.        questions, send the following command:  send mailbase user-faq.                                                          
  4661.                                                                                                                                 
  4662.        User support  is also available by  sending queries in  an e-mail                                                        
  4663.        message to:                                                                                                              
  4664.        mailbase-helpline@uk.ac.mailbase                                                                                         
  4665.                                                                                                                                 
  4666.        Public files on  Mailbase are also available by  anonymous FTP to                                                        
  4667.        mailbase.ac.uk                                                                                                           
  4668.                                                                                                                                 
  4669.                                                                                                                                 
  4670.                                                                                                                                 
  4671.                                                                                                                                 
  4672.                                    PROSPERO                                                                                     
  4673.                                                                                                                                 
  4674.        What is PROSPERO                                                                                                         
  4675.                                                                                                                                 
  4676.        Prospero is a  distributed file system.   It  differs from tradi-                                                        
  4677.        tional distributed file systems in several ways.   In traditional                                                        
  4678.        file systems,  the mapping of names to  files is the same for all                                                        
  4679.        users.   Prospero supports user centered naming:  users construct                                                        
  4680.        customized views  of the files  that are accessible.    A virtual                                                        
  4681.        system defines this  view and controls the mapping  from names to                                                        
  4682.        files.   Objects may  be organized in multiple ways  and the same                                                        
  4683.        object may appear in different virtual systems, or even with mul-                                                        
  4684.        tiple names in the same virtual system.                                                                                  
  4685.                                                                                                                                 
  4686.        In Prospero,  the global file system  consists of a collection of                                                        
  4687.        virtual file systems.    Virtual file systems usually  start as a                                                        
  4688.        copy of a prototype.   The root contains links to files or direc-                                                        
  4689.        tories selected by the user.                                                                                             
  4690.                                                                                                                                 
  4691.        The Prospero  file system provides tools  that make it  easier to                                                        
  4692.        keep track of  and organize information in  large systems.   When                                                        
  4693.        first created,   your virtual  file system  is likely  to contain                                                        
  4694.        links to directories that organize information in different ways.                                                        
  4695.        As the master copy of each  of these directories is updated,  you                                                        
  4696.        will see the changes.  You may customize these directories.   The                                                        
  4697.        changes you  make to  a customized directory  are only  seen from                                                        
  4698.        within your own  virtual system,  but changes made  to the master                                                        
  4699.        copy will also be visible to you.                                                                                        
  4700.                                                                                                                                 
  4701.        Users are encouraged to organize their own projects and papers in                                                        
  4702.        a manner that  will allow them to  be easily added to  the master                                                        
  4703.        directory.  For example, users should consider creating a virtual                                                        
  4704.        directory that contains pointers to copies  of each of the papers                                                        
  4705.        that they want made available to the outside world.  This virtual                                                        
  4706.        directory may appear anywhere in the user's virtual system.  Once                                                        
  4707.        set up,  a link may be added to the master author directory.   In                                                        
  4708.        this manner,  others will be able  to find this directory.   Once                                                        
  4709.        added to the master directory, any future changes will be immedi-                                                        
  4710.        ately available to other users.                                                                                          
  4711.                                                                                                                                 
  4712.                                                                                                                                 
  4713.        How to get to PROSPERO                                                                                                   
  4714.                                                                                                                                 
  4715.        In order to use Prospero, you must be on the international TCP/IP                                                        
  4716.        network (the Internet) and you must have Prospero running on your                                                        
  4717.        computer.                                                                                                                
  4718.                                                                                                                                 
  4719.        Before you  can begin  using the Prospero  file system  a virtual                                                        
  4720.        system must be created for you. However, Prospero, as shipped, is                                                        
  4721.        configured so  that once  you compile the  clients you  can type:                                                        
  4722.        vfsetup guest  and start  working right  out of  the box  using a                                                        
  4723.        guest virtual system at the USC Information Sciences Institute.                                                          
  4724.                                                                                                                                 
  4725.        The  latest version  of  PROSPERO is  available  as file  prospe-                                                        
  4726.        ro.tar.Z for anonymous FTP from prospero.isi.edu in the directory                                                        
  4727.        /pub/prospero.                                                                                                           
  4728.                                                                                                                                 
  4729.                                                                                                                                 
  4730.        Learning more about PROSPERO                                                                                             
  4731.                                                                                                                                 
  4732.        Prospero is being developed by Clifford Newman. Several documents                                                        
  4733.        and articles describing Prospero by  Newman and others are avail-                                                        
  4734.        able.                                                                                                                    
  4735.                                                                                                                                 
  4736.        The following files are available  via anonymous FTP from prospe-                                                        
  4737.                                                                  prospe                                                         
  4738.        ro.isi.edu. They are also available through Prospero.                                                                    
  4739.        ro.isi.edu                                                                                                               
  4740.                                                                                                                                 
  4741.        *   Anonymous FTP: /pub/papers/prospero/prospero-oir.ps.Z,                                                               
  4742.        *   Prospero:        /papers/subjects/operating-systems/prospero/                                                        
  4743.            prospero-oir.ps.Z.                                                                                                   
  4744.                                                                                                                                 
  4745.        This is a useful first paper to read. It gives a good overview of                                                        
  4746.        Prospero and what it does. It also describes a bit about the Vir-                                                        
  4747.        tual System model,  of which  Prospero is a prototype implementa-                                                        
  4748.        tion. It describes what Prospero does, not how it does it.                                                               
  4749.                                                                                                                                 
  4750.        *   Anonymous FTP: /pub/papers/prospero/prospero-bii.ps.Z,                                                               
  4751.        *   Prospero:        /papers/subjects/operating-systems/prospero/                                                        
  4752.            prospero-bii.ps.Z.                                                                                                   
  4753.                                                                                                                                 
  4754.        This paper describes how Prospero can be used to integrate Inter-                                                        
  4755.        net information services,  including Gopher,  WAIS,  archie,  and                                                        
  4756.        World Wide Web.                                                                                                          
  4757.                                                                                                                                 
  4758.                                                                                                                                 
  4759.                                                                                                                                 
  4760.                                       IRC                                                                                       
  4761.                                                                                                                                 
  4762.        What is IRC                                                                                                              
  4763.                                                                                                                                 
  4764.        IRC,  Internet Relay Chat,  is a real-time conversational system.                                                        
  4765.        IRC                                                                                                                      
  4766.        It is  similar to  the talk  command which  is available  on many                                                        
  4767.        machines in the Internet.  IRC does everything talk does,  but it                                                        
  4768.        allows more than 2 users to talk at once,  with access throughout                                                        
  4769.        the global Internet, It also provides many other useful features.                                                        
  4770.                                                                                                                                 
  4771.        IRC is networked over much of  North America,  Europe,  and Asia.                                                        
  4772.        When you are talking in IRC,   everything you type will instantly                                                        
  4773.        be transmitted around the world to  other users who are connected                                                        
  4774.        at the  time.  They can then  type something and respond  to your                                                        
  4775.        messages.                                                                                                                
  4776.                                                                                                                                 
  4777.        Topics of discussion on IRC are varied.   Technical and political                                                        
  4778.        discussions are  popular,  especially  when world  events are  in                                                        
  4779.        progress.  IRC is also a way  to expand your horizons,  as people                                                        
  4780.        from many countries  and cultures are on,  24 hours  a day.  Most                                                        
  4781.        conversations are in  English,  but there are  always channels in                                                        
  4782.        German, Japanese, and Finnish, and occasionally other languages.                                                         
  4783.                                                                                                                                 
  4784.                                                                                                                                 
  4785.        How to get to IRC                                                                                                        
  4786.                                                                                                                                 
  4787.        Clients and servers for IRC are  available via anonymous FTP from                                                        
  4788.        cs.bu.edu. A few sites offer public access to IRC via Telnet. Two                                                        
  4789.        such  sites are  wbrt.wb.psu.edu and  irc.demon.co.uk.   At  both                                                        
  4790.        sites, you should log in as irc.                                                                                         
  4791.                                                                                                                                 
  4792.        The many server hosts of Internet  Relay Chat throughout the net-                                                        
  4793.        work are  connected via a  tree structure.   The  various servers                                                        
  4794.        relay control and message data  among themselves to advertise the                                                        
  4795.        existence of other  servers,  users,  and the  channels and other                                                        
  4796.        resources being occupied by those users.                                                                                 
  4797.                                                                                                                                 
  4798.        Fundamental to the operation of IRC  is the concept of a channel.                                                        
  4799.        All users are on a channel while inside IRC.   You enter the null                                                        
  4800.        channel first.   You  cannot send any messages until  you enter a                                                        
  4801.        chatting channel,  unless you have  set up a private conversation                                                        
  4802.        in some way.  The number of channels is essentially unlimited.                                                           
  4803.                                                                                                                                 
  4804.                                                                                                                                 
  4805.        Learning more about IRC                                                                                                  
  4806.                                                                                                                                 
  4807.        To get help while in IRC, type /help and follow the instructions.                                                        
  4808.                                                                                                                                 
  4809.        If  you  have  problems,   you   can  contact  Christopher  Davis                                                        
  4810.        (ckd@eff.org) or Helen Rose (hrose@eff.org) - known on IRC as ckd                                                        
  4811.        and Trillian, respectively.  You can also ask for help on some of                                                        
  4812.        the operator  channels on  IRC,  for  example #twilight_zone  and                                                        
  4813.        #eu-opers.                                                                                                               
  4814.                                                                                                                                 
  4815.        Various documents on IRC, and the archives of IRC-related mailing                                                        
  4816.        lists, are available via anonymous FTP from ftp.kei.com.                                                                 
  4817.                                                                                                                                 
  4818.                                                                                                                                 
  4819.                                                                                                                                 
  4820.                                      RELAY                                                                                      
  4821.                                                                                                                                 
  4822.        What is RELAY                                                                                                            
  4823.                                                                                                                                 
  4824.        The RELAY server system  is a set of servers in  the global EARN/                                                        
  4825.        Bitnet network which broadcast interactive messages from one user                                                        
  4826.        to other users signed on to the same channel of the RELAY system.                                                        
  4827.        A user signed on to the closest available RELAY is also virtually                                                        
  4828.        signed on to all RELAYs which are  linked to it.  Most RELAYs are                                                        
  4829.        closed during peak hours. Only some RELAYs are up 24 hours a day.                                                        
  4830.                                                                                                                                 
  4831.        Each RELAY  server provides service  to  a specific collection of                                                        
  4832.        one or more nodes designated as a service area.  The functions of                                                        
  4833.        RELAY are available to EARN/Bitnet  users with access to interac-                                                        
  4834.        tive messages who have not been  expressly excluded from the sys-                                                        
  4835.        tem by RELAY management.                                                                                                 
  4836.                                                                                                                                 
  4837.        RELAY is  a program which  allows several  people to talk  at the                                                        
  4838.        same time.   In order  to start,  you must sign on  to a RELAY to                                                        
  4839.        place your  ID in the current  user list.   You  communicate with                                                        
  4840.        RELAY through   messages just  as you  would send  messages to  a                                                        
  4841.        user.  RELAY commands start with a slash(/)  character;  anything                                                        
  4842.        not  beginning with a slash is   considered a message and is sent                                                        
  4843.        back out to all other current users.                                                                                     
  4844.                                                                                                                                 
  4845.                                                                                                                                 
  4846.        How to get to RELAY                                                                                                      
  4847.                                                                                                                                 
  4848.        RELAY is available  at the following EARN/Bitnet  addresses,  and                                                        
  4849.        others.  The nickname of the RELAY machine is in parentheses.                                                            
  4850.                                                                                                                                 
  4851.                                                                                                                                 
  4852.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4853.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4854.        |  RELAY@ASUACAD    (Sun_Devils)   RELAY@PURCCVM  (Purdue)      |                                                        
  4855.        |  RELAY@AUVM       (Wash_DC)      RELAY@SEARN    (Stockholm)  ╢|                                                        
  4856.        |  RELAY@BEARN      (Belgium)      RELAY@TAMVM1   (Aggieland)  ╢|                                                        
  4857.        |  RELAY@BNANDP11   (Namur)        RELAY@TAUNIVM  (Israel)      |                                                        
  4858.        |  RELAY@CEARN      (Geneva)       RELAY@TECMTYVM (Monterrey)  ╢|                                                        
  4859.        |  RLY@CORNELLC     (Ithaca_NY)    RELAY@TREARN   (EgeRelay    ╢|                                                        
  4860.        |  RELAY@CZHRZU1A   (Zurich)       MASRELAY@UBVM  (Buffalo)     |                                                        
  4861.        |  RELAY@DEARN      (Germany)      RELAY@UFRJ     (RioJaneiro) ╢|                                                        
  4862.        |  RELAY@DKTC11     (Copenhagen)   RELAY@UIUCVMD  (Urbana_IL)   |                                                        
  4863.        |  RELAY@FINHUTC    (Finland)      RELAY@USCVM   ╢(LosAngeles) ╢|                                                        
  4864.        |  RELAY@GITVM1     (Atlanta)      RELAY@UTCVM   ╢(Tennessee)  ╢|                                                        
  4865.        |  RELAY@GREARN     (Hellas)       RELAY@UWAVM    (Seattle)     |                                                        
  4866.        |  RELAY@HEARN      (Holland)      RELAY@VILLVM  ╢(Philadelph) ╢|                                                        
  4867.        |  RELAY@ITESMVF1   (Mexico)       RELAY@VMTECQRO (Queretaro)  ╢|                                                        
  4868.        |  RELAY@JPNSUT00   (Tokyo)        RELAY@VTBIT   ╢(Va_Tech)    ╢|                                                        
  4869.        |  RELAY@NDSUVM1    (No_Dakota)    RELAY@WATDCS  ╢(Waterloo)   ╢|                                                        
  4870.        |  RELAY@NYUCCVM    (NYU)          RELAY@YALEVM   (Yale)        |                                                        
  4871.        |                                                               |                                                        
  4872.        +---------------------------------------------------------------+                                                        
  4873.                                                                                                                                 
  4874.        RELAY is available to users on the EARN/Bitnet network via inter-                                                        
  4875.        active message (eg, the TELL command of VM or the SEND command of                                                        
  4876.        VMS/JNET).   All RELAY server machines are on IBM VM/CMS systems,                                                        
  4877.        but you do not have to be a VM user in order to use RELAY. If you                                                        
  4878.        are not in the EARN/Bitnet network, you can not use RELAY.                                                               
  4879.                                                                                                                                 
  4880.        CHAT,  a full-screen interface to  send and receive TELL messages                                                        
  4881.        for VM systems,  is particularly useful for users of RELAY.  CHAT                                                        
  4882.        is available from any NETSERV.                                                                                           
  4883.                                                                                                                                 
  4884.                                                                                                                                 
  4885.        Learning more about RELAY                                                                                                
  4886.                                                                                                                                 
  4887.        Upon registration,  the files RELAY INFO  and RELAY USERGUIDE are                                                        
  4888.        sent to the user.  These two  files give a comprehensive descrip-                                                        
  4889.        tion of RELAY.                                                                                                           
  4890.                                                                                                                                 
  4891.        A brief guide  to RELAY is available from  the EARN documentation                                                        
  4892.        filelist.  Send mail to LISTSERV@EARNCC.BITNET.    In the body of                                                        
  4893.        the message, write: GET RELAY MEMO.                                                                                      
  4894.                                                                                                                                 
  4895.                                                                                                                                 
  4896.                                                                                                                                 
  4897.                                                                                                                                 
  4898.                                   Appendix A                                                                                    
  4899.                                                                                                                                 
  4900.                      Freely available networking software                                                                       
  4901.                                                                                                                                 
  4902.                                                                                                                                 
  4903.                                                                                                                                 
  4904.        Below you will  find the location of client  software for several                                                        
  4905.        of the tools described in this guide (Gopher, WWW,  WAIS and Net-                                                        
  4906.        news).  This is not a complete  listing of available software for                                                        
  4907.        any of these tools.                                                                                                      
  4908.                                                                                                                                 
  4909.                                                                                                                                 
  4910.        Gopher clients                                                                                                           
  4911.                                                                                                                                 
  4912.        Environment   FTP site & directory     Comments                                                                          
  4913.                                                                                                                                 
  4914.        Unix          boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4915.                       /pub/gopher/Unix                                                                                          
  4916.                                                                                                                                 
  4917.        VMS           boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4918.                       /pub/gopher/VMS                                                                                           
  4919.                                                                                                                                 
  4920.                      job.acs.ohio-state.edu                                                                                     
  4921.                       XGOPHER_CLIENT.SHARE    for Wollongong or UCX                                                             
  4922.                                                                                                                                 
  4923.        VM/CMS        boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4924.                       /pub/gopher/Rice_CMS                                                                                      
  4925.                                                                                                                                 
  4926.                      boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4927.                       /pub/gopher/VieGOPHER                                                                                     
  4928.                                                                                                                                 
  4929.        MVS           boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4930.                       /pub/gopher/mvs                                                                                           
  4931.                                                                                                                                 
  4932.        Macintosh     boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4933.                       /pub/gopher/Macintosh-TurboGopher                                                                         
  4934.                                                                                                                                 
  4935.                      ftp.cc.utah.edu                                                                                            
  4936.                       /pub/gopher/Macintosh    requires MacTCP                                                                  
  4937.                                                                                                                                 
  4938.                      ftp.bio.indiana.edu                                                                                        
  4939.                       /util/gopher/gopherapp   requires MacTCP                                                                  
  4940.                                                                                                                                 
  4941.        OS/2          boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4942.                       /pub/gopher/os2                                                                                           
  4943.                                                                                                                                 
  4944.        MS-DOS        boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4945.                       /pub/gopher/PC_client    requires packet driver                                                           
  4946.                                                                                                                                 
  4947.                      oac.hsc.uth.tmc.edu                                                                                        
  4948.                       /public/dos/misc         dosgopher, for PC/TCP                                                            
  4949.                                                                                                                                 
  4950.                      bcm.tmc.edu                                                                                                
  4951.                       /nfs/gopher.exe          for PC-NFS                                                                       
  4952.                                                                                                                                 
  4953.                      lennon.itn.med.umich.edu                                                                                   
  4954.                       /dos/gopher              for LAN Workplace for DOS                                                        
  4955.                                                                                                                                 
  4956.        MS-Windows    sunsite.unc.edu                                                                                            
  4957.                       /pub/micro/pc-stuff/ms-windows/winsock/apps  Gopherbook                                                   
  4958.                                                                                                                                 
  4959.        X-Windows     boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4960.                       /pub/gopher/Unix         xgopher (Athena widgets)                                                         
  4961.                                                                                                                                 
  4962.                      boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4963.                       /pub/gopher/Unix         moog (Motif)                                                                     
  4964.                                                                                                                                 
  4965.                      boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4966.                       /pub/gopher/Unix/xvgopher     or Xview                                                                    
  4967.                                                                                                                                 
  4968.        Next          boombox.micro.umn.edu                                                                                      
  4969.                       /pub/gopher/NeXT                                                                                          
  4970.                                                                                                                                 
  4971.                                                                                                                                 
  4972.        World-Wide Web clients                                                                                                   
  4973.                                                                                                                                 
  4974.        Environment   FTP site & directory     Comments                                                                          
  4975.                                                                                                                                 
  4976.        Unix          info.cern.ch                                                                                               
  4977.                       /pub/www/src            WWW line-mode browser                                                             
  4978.                                                                                                                                 
  4979.                      ftp2.cc.ukans.edu                                                                                          
  4980.                       /pub/WWW/lynx           Lynx browser for vt100 terminals                                                  
  4981.                                                                                                                                 
  4982.                      archive.cis.ohio-state.edu                                                                                 
  4983.                       /pub/w3browser          tty-based browser written in perl                                                 
  4984.                                                                                                                                 
  4985.        VMS           info.cern.ch                                                                                               
  4986.                       /pub/www/bin/vms        port of NCSA Mosaic for X                                                         
  4987.                                                                                                                                 
  4988.        Macintosh     info.cern.src                                                                                              
  4989.                       /pub/www/bin/mac        requires MacTCP                                                                   
  4990.                                                                                                                                 
  4991.        MS-Windows    fatty.law.cornell.edu    Cello                                                                             
  4992.                       /pub/LII/Cello                                                                                            
  4993.                                                                                                                                 
  4994.        Emacs         moose.cs.indiana.edu                                                                                       
  4995.                       /pub/elisp/w3                                                                                             
  4996.                                                                                                                                 
  4997.        X-Windows     info.cern.ch                                                                                               
  4998.                       /pub/www/src            tkWWW Browser/Editor                                                              
  4999.                                                                                                                                 
  5000.                      info.cern.ch                                                                                               
  5001.                       /pub/www/src            MidasWWW Browser for X/Motif                                                      
  5002.                                                                                                                                 
  5003.                      info.cern.ch                                                                                               
  5004.                       /pub/www/src            ViolaWWW Browser for X11                                                          
  5005.                                                                                                                                 
  5006.                      ftp.ncsa.uiuc.edu                                                                                          
  5007.                       /Web                    NCSA Mosaic Browser for X11/Motif                                                 
  5008.                                                                                                                                 
  5009.        Next          info.cern.ch                                                                                               
  5010.                       /pub/www/bin/next       Browser and Editor                                                                
  5011.                                                                                                                                 
  5012.                                                                                                                                 
  5013.        WAIS clients                                                                                                             
  5014.                                                                                                                                 
  5015.        Environment   FTP site & directory     Comments                                                                          
  5016.                                                                                                                                 
  5017.        Unix          ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5018.                       /pub/freeware/unix-src  swais                                                                             
  5019.                                                                                                                                 
  5020.        VMS           ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5021.                       /pub/freeware/vms                                                                                         
  5022.                                                                                                                                 
  5023.        MVS           ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5024.                       /pub/freeware/ibm-mvs                                                                                     
  5025.                                                                                                                                 
  5026.        Macintosh     ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5027.                       /pub/freeware/mac                                                                                         
  5028.                                                                                                                                 
  5029.        OS/2          ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5030.                       /pub/freeware/os2                                                                                         
  5031.                                                                                                                                 
  5032.        MS-DOS        sunsite.unc.edu                                                                                            
  5033.                       /pub/wais/DOS                                                                                             
  5034.                                                                                                                                 
  5035.                      hilbert.wharton.upenn.edu                                                                                  
  5036.                       /pub/tcpip              PCWAIS                                                                            
  5037.                                                                                                                                 
  5038.        MS-Windows    ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5039.                       /pub/freeware/windows   WNWAIS                                                                            
  5040.                                                                                                                                 
  5041.                      ftp.cnidr.org                                                                                              
  5042.                       /pub/NIDR.tools/wais/pc/windows                                                                           
  5043.                                                                                                                                 
  5044.        Emacs         ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5045.                       /pub/freeware/unix-src  gwais                                                                             
  5046.                                                                                                                                 
  5047.        X-Windows     ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5048.                       /pub/freeware/unix-src  xwais                                                                             
  5049.                                                                                                                                 
  5050.        Next          ftp.wais.com                                                                                               
  5051.                       /pub/freeware/next                                                                                        
  5052.                                                                                                                                 
  5053.                                                                                                                                 
  5054.        Netnews - news reader software                                                                                           
  5055.                                                                                                                                 
  5056.        Environment   FTP site & directory     Comments                                                                          
  5057.                                                                                                                                 
  5058.        Unix          lib.tmc.edu              rn   also available via e-mail to:                                                
  5059.                                                archive-server@bcn.tmc.edu                                                       
  5060.                                                                                                                                 
  5061.                      ftp.coe.montana.edu      trn                                                                               
  5062.                                                                                                                                 
  5063.                      dkuug.dk                 nn                                                                                
  5064.                                                                                                                                 
  5065.                      ftp.germany.eu.net       tin                                                                               
  5066.                                                                                                                                 
  5067.        VMS           kuhub.cc.ukans.edu       ANU-NEWS                                                                          
  5068.                                                                                                                                 
  5069.                      arizona.edu              VMS/VNEWS                                                                         
  5070.                                                                                                                                 
  5071.        VM/CMS        psuvm.psu.edu            NetNews                                                                           
  5072.                                               also available from LISTSERV@PSUVM                                                
  5073.                                                                                                                                 
  5074.                      ftp.uni-stuttgart.de     NNR                                                                               
  5075.                                                                                                                                 
  5076.                      cc1.kuleuven.ac.be       VMNNTP                                                                            
  5077.                                                                                                                                 
  5078.        MVS           ftp.uni-stuttgart.de     NNMVS                                                                             
  5079.                                                                                                                                 
  5080.        Mac           ftp.apple.com            News                                                                              
  5081.                                                                                                                                 
  5082.        MS-DOS        ftp.utas.edu.au          Trumpet                                                                           
  5083.                                                                                                                                 
  5084.        MS-Windows    ftp.utas.edu.au          WTrumpet                                                                          
  5085.                                                                                                                                 
  5086.        X-Windows     many FTP sites           xrn                                                                               
  5087.                                                                                                                                 
  5088.                      export.lcs.mit.edu       xvnews                                                                            
  5089.                                                                                                                                 
  5090.        Emacs         most GNU sites           GNUS                                                                              
  5091.                                               for use with GNU Emacs editor                                                     
  5092.                                                                                                                                 
  5093.                      most GNU sites           Gnews                                                                             
  5094.                                               for use with GNU Emacs editor                                                     
  5095.                                                                                                                                 
  5096.                                                                                                                                 
  5097.                                                                                                                                 
  5098.                                                                                                                                 
  5099.                                     Contents                                                                                    
  5100.                                                                                                                                 
  5101.                                                                                                                                 
  5102.        Preface to the Second Edition                                                                                            
  5103.                                                                                                                                 
  5104.        Introduction                                                                                                             
  5105.                                                                                                                                 
  5106.                                                                                                                                 
  5107.        Part 1:  EXPLORING THE NETWORK                                                                                           
  5108.                                                                                                                                 
  5109.           GOPHER                                                                                                                
  5110.              What is Gopher                                                                                                     
  5111.              Who can use Gopher                                                                                                 
  5112.              How to get to Gopher                                                                                               
  5113.              Using Gopher                                                                                                       
  5114.              VERONICA                                                                                                           
  5115.              Learning more about Gopher                                                                                         
  5116.           WORLD-WIDE WEB                                                                                                        
  5117.              What is World-Wide Web                                                                                             
  5118.              Who can use World-Wide Web                                                                                         
  5119.              How to get to World-Wide Web                                                                                       
  5120.              Using World-Wide Web                                                                                               
  5121.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5122.              Learning more about World-Wide Web                                                                                 
  5123.                                                                                                                                 
  5124.                                                                                                                                 
  5125.        Part 2:  SEARCHING DATABASES                                                                                             
  5126.                                                                                                                                 
  5127.           WAIS                                                                                                                  
  5128.              What is WAIS                                                                                                       
  5129.              Who can use WAIS                                                                                                   
  5130.              How to get to WAIS                                                                                                 
  5131.              Using WAIS                                                                                                         
  5132.                 E-mail access                                                                                                   
  5133.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5134.              Learning more about WAIS                                                                                           
  5135.                                                                                                                                 
  5136.                                                                                                                                 
  5137.        Part 3:  FINDING NETWORK RESOURCES                                                                                       
  5138.                                                                                                                                 
  5139.           ARCHIE                                                                                                                
  5140.              What is ARCHIE                                                                                                     
  5141.              Who can use ARCHIE                                                                                                 
  5142.              How to get to ARCHIE                                                                                               
  5143.              Using ARCHIE                                                                                                       
  5144.                 Using a local client                                                                                            
  5145.                 Using Telnet                                                                                                    
  5146.                 Using electronic mail                                                                                           
  5147.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5148.              Learning more about ARCHIE                                                                                         
  5149.                                                                                                                                 
  5150.                                                                                                                                 
  5151.        Part 4:  FINDING PEOPLE AND COMPUTERS                                                                                    
  5152.                                                                                                                                 
  5153.           WHOIS                                                                                                                 
  5154.              What is WHOIS                                                                                                      
  5155.              Who can use WHOIS                                                                                                  
  5156.              How to get to WHOIS                                                                                                
  5157.              Using WHOIS                                                                                                        
  5158.                 Using a local client                                                                                            
  5159.                 Using Telnet                                                                                                    
  5160.                 Using electronic mail                                                                                           
  5161.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5162.              Learning more about WHOIS                                                                                          
  5163.           X.500                                                                                                                 
  5164.              What is X.500                                                                                                      
  5165.              Who can use X.500                                                                                                  
  5166.              How to get to X.500                                                                                                
  5167.              Using X.500                                                                                                        
  5168.                 Using a local client                                                                                            
  5169.                 Using Telnet or X.25                                                                                            
  5170.                 Using electronic mail                                                                                           
  5171.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5172.              Learning more about X.500                                                                                          
  5173.           NETFIND                                                                                                               
  5174.              What is NETFIND                                                                                                    
  5175.              Who can use NETFIND                                                                                                
  5176.              How to get to NETFIND                                                                                              
  5177.              Using NETFIND                                                                                                      
  5178.                 Local access                                                                                                    
  5179.                 Remote access                                                                                                   
  5180.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5181.              Learning more about NETFIND                                                                                        
  5182.                                                                                                                                 
  5183.                                                                                                                                 
  5184.        Part 5:  GETTING FILES                                                                                                   
  5185.                                                                                                                                 
  5186.           TRICKLE                                                                                                               
  5187.              What is TRICKLE                                                                                                    
  5188.              Who can use TRICKLE                                                                                                
  5189.              How to get to TRICKLE                                                                                              
  5190.              Using TRICKLE                                                                                                      
  5191.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5192.              Learning more about TRICKLE                                                                                        
  5193.           BITFTP                                                                                                                
  5194.              What is BITFTP                                                                                                     
  5195.              Who can use BITFTP                                                                                                 
  5196.              How to get to BITFTP                                                                                               
  5197.              Using BITFTP                                                                                                       
  5198.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5199.              Learning more about BITFTP                                                                                         
  5200.                                                                                                                                 
  5201.                                                                                                                                 
  5202.        Part 6:  NETWORKED INTEREST GROUPS                                                                                       
  5203.                                                                                                                                 
  5204.           LISTSERV (Version 1.7f)                                                                                               
  5205.              What is LISTSERV                                                                                                   
  5206.              Who can use LISTSERV                                                                                               
  5207.              How to get to LISTSERV                                                                                             
  5208.              Using LISTSERV                                                                                                     
  5209.                 Commands for LISTS                                                                                              
  5210.                 Commands for FILES                                                                                              
  5211.                 LISTSERV DATABASE Functions                                                                                     
  5212.                 Commands for INFORMATION                                                                                        
  5213.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5214.              Learning more about LISTSERV                                                                                       
  5215.           NETNEWS (USENET)                                                                                                      
  5216.              What is NETNEWS                                                                                                    
  5217.              Who can use NETNEWS                                                                                                
  5218.              How to get to NETNEWS                                                                                              
  5219.              Using NETNEWS                                                                                                      
  5220.              Examples                                                                                                           
  5221.              Learning more about NETNEWS                                                                                        
  5222.                                                                                                                                 
  5223.                                                                                                                                 
  5224.        Part 7:  OTHER TOOLS OF INTEREST                                                                                         
  5225.                                                                                                                                 
  5226.           ASTRA                                                                                                                 
  5227.              What is ASTRA                                                                                                      
  5228.              How to get to ASTRA                                                                                                
  5229.              Learning more about ASTRA                                                                                          
  5230.           NETSERV                                                                                                               
  5231.              What is NETSERV                                                                                                    
  5232.              How to get to NETSERV                                                                                              
  5233.              Learning more about NETSERV                                                                                        
  5234.           MAILBASE                                                                                                              
  5235.              What is MAILBASE                                                                                                   
  5236.              How to get to MAILBASE                                                                                             
  5237.              Learning more about MAILBASE                                                                                       
  5238.           PROSPERO                                                                                                              
  5239.              What is PROSPERO                                                                                                   
  5240.              How to get to PROSPERO                                                                                             
  5241.              Learning more about PROSPERO                                                                                       
  5242.           IRC                                                                                                                   
  5243.              What is IRC                                                                                                        
  5244.              How to get to IRC                                                                                                  
  5245.              Learning more about IRC                                                                                            
  5246.           RELAY                                                                                                                 
  5247.              What is RELAY                                                                                                      
  5248.              How to get to RELAY                                                                                                
  5249.              Learning more about RELAY                                                                                          
  5250.                                                                                                                                 
  5251.                                                                                                                                 
  5252.        Appendix A:                                                                                                              
  5253.                                                                                                                                 
  5254.           Gopher clients                                                                                                        
  5255.           World-Wide Web clients                                                                                                
  5256.           WAIS clients                                                                                                          
  5257.           Netnews - news reader software                                                                                        
  5258.